Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Welcome to OS NGD documentation! Here you can learn how to get started using OS NGD data via OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs.
The OS National Geographic Database (OS NGD) is a structured database containing authoritative geospatial data for Great Britain. It provides the most current, comprehensive and richly attributed data describing Great Britain ever produced by OS in non-proprietary data formats that are easily integrated into a wide array of customer systems and workflows.
This self-serve site is where you will find documentation to help you get started using OS NGD data via the download service of OS Select+Build and the two OS NGD APIs. Using the left-hand-side navigation menu, you can select and view pages and sections of interest, including:
In-depth information on OS NGD data, including structure, applications and news:
This section explains what the OS NGD is and who can access it, outlines the key benefits to customers, and details how to download sample data or visualise it online.
This page explains what the OS NGD is, how to access it and who can use it. Additional resources are provided with links to deeper technical content.
The OS National Geographic Database (OS NGD) is a structured database containing authoritative geospatial data for Great Britain. It provides the most current, comprehensive and richly attributed data describing Great Britain ever produced by OS in non-proprietary data formats that are easily integrated into a wide array of customer systems and workflows.
There are two access methods for OS NGD data:
This page lists the key benefits of the OS NGD to customers.
The key benefits of the OS National Geographic Database (OS NGD) to customers are as follows:
Increased data update frequency: With the new OS NGD APIs and OS Select+Build you can access themes of data which are updated up to daily.
Choose exactly what data you take: For the first time, you can select and build your own data package/s rather than taking pre-selected OS products. For example, if you're only interested in buildings data, then you just select the OS NGD Buildings Theme. There's no need to take a larger product and spend time filtering out the buildings data from it. You can also select data from different OS NGD collections to build your own bespoke data package/s.
This page will be updated to note downtime due to planned or emergency maintenance or shutdown periods. Unexpected interruptions to product availability, releases and updates will be displayed here.
No live service disruptions are affecting OS NGD at this time.
No maintenance events are currently scheduled that will impact the availability of OS NGD.
The following page details the current local custodian codes of all local custodians contributing to the OS GB Address Collection.
Local custodian code data is available to download in CSV format in the following file:
The following page details the current local custodian codes of all local custodians contributing to the OS Islands Address Collection.
Local custodian code data is available to download in CSV format in the following file:
This page details what the OS NGD is, how to access it and who can use it.
The OS NGD Data Viewer lets you visualise product sample data online for three areas (Exeter, Newport and Inverness). Sample data for most OS NGD feature types are available through the tool. The sample data always use the latest data schema version available for each feature type.
Data structure pages provide more detailed information about data available for OS NGD themes, collections and feature types.
Learn about new data and access enhancements recently released for the OS NGD.
Try out OS NGD by downloading an area of sample data or visualising it online.
Download OS NGD data using our bespoke download service, OS Select+Build.
Access OS NGD data using the OS NGD APIs to get started using OS NGD within desktop, web and mobile applications.
Any live interruptions to the availability of OS NGD API – Features and OS NGD API – Tiles will be documented on the Service Availability Dashboard on the OS Data Hub.
Please see the Current Known Data Issues page for details about current known data issues.
Please see the Resolved Data Issues page for details about resolved data issues.
A comma-separated values (CSV) file is a common interchange format for spreadsheets and databases which facilitates a simplistic use of data. Each field is either textual or numeric. Within the CSV, each field is separated from the next by a comma. CSV file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products.
Please be aware that CSV files are designed to be opened in a database or GI system, and opening them in other software applications could corrupt the data. In particular, Excel has a row limit which might be exceeded by some of our CSV files containing OS NGD data, depending on the order you placed and its size. We recommend that you load CSV files containing OS NGD data directly into a database or GI system, rather than trying to open these files in Excel.
CSV offers users the following key features:
Change-Only Update (COU) files are only supplied in CSV format (they are not supplied in GeoPackage format)
Geometry provided as Well-Known Text (WKT)
Header rows included in the file
There will be one record per line in each file
Fields will be separated by commas
Where string fields contain commas, they will be delimited by double quotes
Double quotes inside strings will be escaped by doubling
Records will be terminated by Carriage Returns and Line Feeds
CSV files will be Unicode encoded in UTF-8
New, easier ways to access data: The download service of OS Select+Build lets you access only the data you need in the format you want. OS NGD API – Features and OS NGD API – Tiles give you online access to the OS NGD to help you quickly request data using the latest OGC API – Features and OGC API – Tiles standards, respectively.
Customer-friendly data formats: OS NGD data is available in four easy-to-use data formats: GeoPackage, CSV (comma-separated values), GeoJSON (via OS NGD API – Features only) and vector tiles (via OS NGD API – Tiles only).
More discoverable data: Improved data structures and metadata within the OS NGD, new and bespoke documentation within OS Select+Build, and an extensive online documentation platform mean you'll find the right data and support you need quicker than ever before.
Built with the future in mind: The OS NGD is much more flexible, allowing for changes to the data structure and enhancements to be made when needed to meet evolving customer needs.
Rich attribution: OS NGD data has rich attribution to ensure that it's straightforward to navigate and query. Attribute names have also been simplified to make them easier to understand.
Included in the Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA): Therefore, OS NGD data is free at point of use for Public Sector organisations. It's also available to OS Partners for commercial resell in your solutions.
Detailed documentation on OS NGD design and practical guides on how to apply OS NGD data:
In-depth information on OS NGD data, including structure, applications and news:
Try out OS NGD sample data, download it via OS Select+Build or access it through the OS NGD APIs:
OS Select+Build (the download service)
Discover OS recommended recipe guides containing detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create set recipes for OS NGD data using OS Select+Build.
When you order data using OS Select+Build, you create a recipe to define the data you need. Selecting the right data from OS NGD themes can be complex, so we are developing a set of recommended recipe guides to help you get started with common use cases, focussing on areas where many customers have similar requirements.
These guides are intended as a starting point and you can adapt the suggested recipes at the recipe creation or editing stage so that they fully meet your needs.
We expect to add further OS recommended recipe guides over time.
Upcoming guides include:
Supporting new build developments
Change-Only Updates (COUs) are only available for CSV data supplies of the OS NGD. The benefit of taking COU supplies is that you only receive the features which have changed since your last supply, reducing the overall size of the files you receive.
There are some restrictions on when you can choose to take COUs; these restrictions are dependent on the selections you make when ordering OS NGD data. Please see the 'Data ordering and currency' page for more information.
If you choose to receive a COU supply for your CSV data, this can be provided on either a daily or monthly frequency. In both cases, your COU file will contain any changes which have been made to the underlying data within the selected time frequency. If no changes have been made to a selected feature type of your choice, then you will receive a blank COU file.
The key attribution required to use and implement a COU is detailed below:
Unique Identifier: The unique identifier for the feature type you are using is how you will ensure you are updating the correct records in your data holdings. In most instances the unique identifier will be the OSID, but this is not always true, therefore please check the appropriate feature type pages in our documentation.
Version Date: This is the date when the feature was last updated in OS product databases.
Version Available From Date: This is the date when the feature became the latest version and was published to customers.
Version Available To Date: This is the date when the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Change Type: This is a code list which gives more information about the type of change which has occurred.
OS NGD data is different from our other products because you access it from a single source where you'll find the data you need without having to download unnecessary datasets. It also has a simple data structure, designed to help you quickly answer questions and develop more intelligent solutions.
A theme is a macro grouping of features which all represent similar geographic entities. Themes are the highest level of grouping within the OS NGD, and examples include ‘Buildings’ and ‘Transport’.
Themes allow for quick discovery and navigation when using OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service) or the OS NGD APIs. They also give you the ability to quickly access all OS data relating to your particular theme of interest.
The nine OS NGD themes are: Address, Administrative and Statistical Units, Buildings, Geographical Names, Land, Land Use, Structures, Transport, and Water.
A collection is a sub-grouping of the OS NGD themes. Collections group together similar types of data within a theme. Examples include ensuring network and routing data is separated from topographic features. For example, in the OS NGD Water Theme, there are two collections: OS Water Features (topographic data) and OS Water Network (network data).
This makes it easier for you to access only the data you require.
A feature type is the most granular level of grouping within the OS NGD. Feature types have their own data model and specifications which are not commonly shared with other feature types.
When you order data through OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service), the data you receive will be provided at a feature type level.
The OS NGD is available to OS Partners and to public sector organisations who are members of the Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA). OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs can be accessed via the on either the .
Alternatively, you can try out OS NGD collection data for free for three to six months by applying for . This licence is available for all collections apart from the OS Islands Address and OS Functional Areas Collections.
The licence is primarily designed for organisations either considering becoming an OS Partner or who want to trial OS Premium data before working with an existing OS Partner.
The OS NGD is available via the on either the . There are three access methods to choose from once you are on the OS Data Hub:
OS Select+Build: A download service which enables you to choose only the data you require and select how you want to receive your data.
OS NGD API – Features: An OGC API – Features service.
OS NGD API – Tiles: A vector tiles service based on OGC API – Tiles.
Using GDAL to load a GeoPackage into a database
GDAL is a translator library for raster and vector geospatial data formats that is released under an X/MIT style Open Source License by the Open Source Geospatial Foundation. It comes with a variety of useful command line utilities for data translation and processing. The following section covers the loading of GeoPackage datasets into a PostgreSQL database using the ETL tool GDAL. The process will be similar for other databases such as Oracle and SQL Server, as well as converting to other data formats.
A PostgreSQL database with PostGIS extension enabled
GDAL version 1.11.0 or above (with access to a command line interface to use it)
A GeoPackage dataset
ogrinfo <PATH_TO_GEOPACKAGE>
Without any arguments supplied, ogrinfo will return the layers contained within the GeoPackage.
ogrinfo<PATH_TO_GEOPACKAGE>-so -al
Different loading options (including renaming tables, reprojecting the data, etc.) can be found on the page.
The unique identifiers used in the OS NGD.
The OS NGD primarily uses an identifier called the OSID (OS Identifier). OSIDs uniquely identify records within a feature type and have a maintained lifecycle, enabling them to support change tracking and linkages across datasets.
It should be noted that while an OSID is unique within a feature type, it may be shared across feature types when they represent the same real-world feature. For example, a point feature in the OS NGD Geographical Names Theme representing a water body will share the same OSID as the water body feature in the OS NGD Water Theme.
Other unique identifiers are also present in the OS NGD, including:
UPRN (Unique Property Reference Number) for local authority Address records.
USRN (Unique Street Reference Number) for local authority Street records.
UDPRN (Unique Delivery Point Reference Number) for Royal Mail delivery points (for example, a mailbox or business unit).
🆕 UMRRN (Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number) for multiple Royal Mail addresses that share a single delivery point.
Postcode is the identifier assigned by Royal Mail for the purposes of mail delivery. It's the primary unique identifier for (Great Britain) and (Northern Ireland) Feature Types. Postcode is an important identifier for the Feature Type, but as the features represent postcode parts (not whole postcodes), their primary unique identifier is Feature ID.
These unique identifiers remain the authoritative identifiers for their respective domains.
For a small number of feature types in OS NGD where it is not possible or necessary to have identifiers that persist over time, the Feature ID is used as the primary unique identifier. The , , and Feature Types use this unique identifier. The notional extents of the retail area features and Postcode Unit Area features are regenerated periodically (for example, monthly for the latter), at which point all features will get a new Feature ID.
The Topographic Identifier (TOID) is also present in the OS NGD, primarily to support customer migration from OS MasterMap products to the OS NGD. This is an optional attribute and should not be relied upon to complete data linking or for implementing Change-Only Updates (COUs). The reason for this identifier being optional is the improved currency on which the OS NGD is published, meaning the TOID, which is created in our existing OS product systems, will not always be allocated to features as frequently as they will be accessible via the OS NGD.
Accessing GeoPackage data via ArcGIS Pro
ArcGIS Pro (version 1.1 or later)
A GeoPackage dataset
These instructions were created using ArcGIS Pro version 2.5, but versions from 1.1 onwards will support GeoPackage.
A dialog box will appear.
Navigate to the GeoPackage to be added into ArcGIS Pro. Select the GeoPackage and click Open. This will open the GeoPackage to reveal the individual layers.
The selected layers will then be added into ArcGIS Pro.
OS NGD Fundamentals covers the core elements of OS NGD design, including data formats, coordinate reference systems used, data schema versioning, and data ordering and currency.
The following pages provide an overview of the OS National Geographic Database (OS NGD); they cover the core elements of its design, including data formats, the coordinate reference systems used, and how Change-Only Updates (COUs) will be provided, amongst other topics:
Detailed documentation on OS NGD design and practical guides on how to apply OS NGD data:
In-depth information on OS NGD data, including structure, applications and news:
Try out OS NGD sample data, download it via OS Select+Build or access it through the OS NGD APIs:
Through the OS NGD, Ordnance Survey aims to iterate and release data enhancements quicker than ever before. We want to be able to do this without disrupting customers who have adopted data schemas and are heavily reliant on a specification remaining the same for a longer period of time. With this in mind, the OS NGD is able to run multiple data schema versions for a single feature type at any given time.
When we release a new data schema version in the OS NGD, the changes will be visible on the feature type pages of this documentation platform. As you can see from the image below, each attribute on a feature type page states which data schema version it is present within, with the Version Date attribute in the example below being present in both data schema versions 1.0 and 2.0:
As new enhancements are made to a given feature type in the OS NGD which require the schema to be uplifted (for example, new attributes being added, resulting in a major schema version increment from 1.0 to 2.0), the new data schema version will become available via the OS NGD access services (i.e. OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs).
There are two types of version increments that can be applied:
Minor: A non-breaking change that does not usually impact a customer’s implementation of the data, for example, the addition of an attribute value to a code list.
Major: A significant breaking change that usually impacts a customer’s implementation of the data, for example, the addition or removal of an attribute.
When a data schema undergoes a minor version increment, the previous version will no longer be available. This is because the change is deemed to be so small that there is little to no work involved in customers migrating to the latest version of the data.
When a data schema undergoes a major version increment, the previous version will become known as being in 'maintenance' and the new data schema version will be known as the ‘latest’. This reflects an understanding of the work required for customers to move to a new version and allows time for this to happen.
When using the OS NGD access services, you will be able to choose which data schema version you want to use for feature types when ordering or interacting with the data where more than one major version exists. You can choose from data schema versions which are in the 'latest' or 'maintenance' states.
Older data schema versions (i.e. those in a maintenance state) will remain in the OS NGD for a period of time; it's important to note that these maintenance versions will continue to receive updates. Before any data schema version is retired for a given feature type (i.e. when it no longer receives updates and will be removed from the ordering and selection process), customer communications will be distributed, and a notice period will be issued to allow sufficient time for customers to upgrade to a newer version of a data schema.
Code lists within the OS NGD have only one type of version increment applied: major.
A code list will undergo a major version change when a new code list value is added to it. Values will never be removed from a code list because this would impact within the OS NGD.
When a code list undergoes a major version increment, all feature types that implement the code list will undergo a minor version increment, reflecting the data change that will occur.
In the worked example below, we demonstrate how a feature type has new major data schema versions released (v2.0 and then v3.0), while maintaining older data schema versions (v1.0 and then v2.0), before the original data schema version (v1.0) moves into end of life and is retired.
In this example, the feature type starts with a single data schema version (v1.0), known as the latest data schema version.
At a point in the future, data enhancements are made which require the data schema version to be uplifted, so a second major data schema version (v2.0) is released. As there can only be one latest data schema version (v2.0), the original data schema version (v1.0) drops down into maintenance – but it still receives updates and is still accessible to customers via the OS NGD access services.
Further again into the future, additional new enhancements are made to the feature type, requiring a third major data schema version (v3.0) to be released. Again, as before, there can only be one latest data schema version for a feature type (v3.0), so the second data schema version (v2.0) drops down into maintenance. Two major data schema versions (v1.0 and v2.0) are now in maintenance, but again, both are still receiving updates and are accessible to customers via the OS NGD access services.
If you select an Annual Full Supply frequency for your OS NGD data order in OS Select+Build, we will provide you with the data as it was on 01 January of the current year. This means if a new feature type or a new data schema version of an existing feature type was released after 01 January and you order either of these as part of your Annual Full Supply, you will receive an empty data package for the newly released feature type / new data schema version of an existing feature type. The data for the new feature type / new data schema version of an existing feature type will then be included in your supply on the next 01 January after the release.
For example, the March 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release contained six new feature types (Retail Area Aggregated, Retail Area Major, Retail Area Minor, Postcode Unit Point, Postcode Unit Point, and Postcode Unit Area) and one new data schema version for an existing feature type (Compound Structure v3.0). The data for the new feature types and the new data schema version for the existing feature type will not be part of Annual Full Supply orders until 01 January 2027.
For example, the October 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release contained five new data schema versions for existing feature types: Regional Authority v2.0, Royal Mail Address v1.1 and v2.0 (OS GB Address Collection), and Royal Mail Address v1.1 and v2.0 (OS Islands Address Collection). The new data schema versions for the existing feature types will not be part of Annual Full Supply orders until 01 January 2027.
On the feature type pages (which are located in the Data Structure section), the following information can be found about each attribute:
Name and Definition: The name of the attribute and what it is describing.
Data Types: The values the attribute can take. For example, a numeric value or a string. This is provided for all three data formats – GeoJSON, GeoPackage, and CSV.
Nullable: A True or False value to denote whether the attribute always has to be populated with a value (False) or can be NULL (True).
Code List Name: The name of the code list used in association with the attribute (if applicable) and a hyperlink to the page displaying that code list.
Max Length: Values are given here to indicate the maximum length that you will find in the attribute, to aid in developing applications.
Multiplicity: Describes how many times this value is expected to be populated in the data. These values may be used in combination.
1: There must be a value.
2: There must be two values.
n: There may be one or more values.
OS NGD API – Features Filterable: A Yes / No value to denote whether you can refine your query in OS NGD API – Features specifically on this attribute.
OS Select+Build Filterable: A Yes / No value to denote whether you can refine your order in OS Select+Build on this attribute.
Data Schema Version: The OS NGD schema version the data above applies to. Please note that concurrent schema versions may be available at one time. For more information on how data schema versioning works in the OS NGD, please refer to the .
Accessing GeoPackage data via ArcMap
ArcMap (version 10.2.2 or later)
A GeoPackage dataset
These instructions were created using ArcMap version 10.7, but versions from 10.2.2 onwards will also support GeoPackage features.
The GeoPackage file will look similar to the one in the following screenshot:
Select the layers you want to upload into ArcMap.
Add the relevant selected GeoPackage layers into the map by clicking the Add button.
Resources for styling OS NGD data.
You can choose from a range of contextual or analytical styles to visualise OS NGD data.
Four cartographic styles – Outdoor, Road, Light, and Black & White – are available to give the data a cartographic appearance:
Analytical styles can be used to colour OS NGD data by theme and collection to support data visualisation:
Two useful tutorials are available on our (a self-serve platform that provides a one-stop shop for all your OS technical geospatial support, including tutorials, demonstrators and case studies):
If you are using OS NGD API – Tiles, all the styling resources, including JSON files and sprites, are hosted within the vector tiles endpoint.
You can now create your own custom style for OS NGD API – Tiles; please see the Creating a custom style for OS NGD API – Tiles page on the OS APIs Documentation site for a guide on how to do this.
Reading GeoPackage data via FME
FME is a data integration platform which can read the GeoPackage format and be used to convert and transform the data into other formats or databases. The below example shows how to read a GeoPackage into an FME workbench.
FME Desktop
An FME license
A GeoPackage dataset
In the FME top ribbon, click the Add Reader button
A dialog box will appear.
The Coordinate System should also be set appropriately.
Another dialog box will appear to specify OGC GeoPackage Parameters.
Here, specific layers within the GeoPackage can be selected, rather than importing the entire file. Additionally, the Search Envelope can be used to clip the GeoPackage to an extent.
Click OK when the required themes / layers have been selected.
This section contains pages relating to OS NGD live service disruption, planned maintenance, current data issues and resolved data issues.
Accessing GeoPackage data via QGIS
QGIS (version 2.10.1 or later)
A GeoPackage dataset
These instructions were created using QGIS version 3.22. Other versions of QGIS can be used, from version 2.10.1 onwards.
This section includes getting started guides to help you access, use and style OS NGD data. You'll also find FAQs, in-depth information on OS NGD design, and webinars, tutorials and case studies.
In-depth information on OS NGD data, including structure, applications and news:
Try out OS NGD sample data, download it via OS Select+Build or access it through the OS NGD APIs:
Accessing GeoPackage data via CadCorp
CadCorp SIS (version SIS 9 or later)
A GeoPackage dataset
These instructions were created using CadCorp SIS 9 Desktop Express; however all versions of CadCorp SIS 9 or later support GeoPackage.
A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a greenspace recipe in OS Select+Build.
A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a recipe in OS Select+Build to identify the location of bridges, tunnels, fords and crossing points.
A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a recipe in OS Select+Build to identify higher-risk buildings.
A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a safer routes to schools recipe in OS Select+Build.
A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a recipe in OS Select+Build to identify the level of access to natural areas from existing addresses, both residential and commercial.
0: Population is optional.
Covering what the OS NGD is, how to access it and who can use it.
Our getting started guides will help you access, use and style OS NGD data.
You'll also find in-depth information on OS NGD design, tutorials, webinars, and case studies.
OS NGD Fundamentals covers the core elements of OS NGD design, including data formats, ordering and currency, and coordinate reference systems amongst other topics.
Data structure pages provide more detailed information about data available for OS NGD themes, collections and feature types.
Learn about new data and access enhancements recently released for the OS NGD.
Try out OS NGD by downloading an area of sample data or visualising it online.
Download OS NGD data using our bespoke download service, OS Select+Build.
Access OS NGD data using the OS NGD APIs to get started using OS NGD within desktop, web and mobile applications.





The PSGA (Public Sector Geospatial Agreement) sets out how Ordnance Survey (OS) provides world-leading location data and expertise to the public sector across Britain. It supports the delivery of critical infrastructure and services, as well as working to help protect our environment.
Find out more about the PSGA by visiting the OS website, including the benefits of joining, instructions on how to access OS data, success stories, support, registration process information and instructions, and a PSGA Member finder tool to check if your organisation is already a member.





At a future point, and after customer communications have been distributed and a formal notification period has elapsed, it is decided to retire the original data schema version (v1.0). V1.0 moves into the end of life state, where it stops receiving updates and can no longer be accessed by customers via the OS NGD access services. V3.0 remains the latest data schema version and v2.0 remains in maintenance, with both data schema versions receiving updates and being accessible to customers via the OS NGD access services.





Combined, these arguments will provide summary information about all the layers within the GeoPackage, including projection, schema, feature count and extents.
The arguments below will load all layers from the source GeoPackage into the specified target schema in the database:
ogr2ogr -f PostgreSQL "PG:user=<USERNAME>password=<PASSWORD> dbname=<DATABASENAME>host=<HOST>port=<PORTNUMBER>active_schema=<TARGETSCHEMA>" <PATHTOGEOPACKAGE>
This will create twp tables in the example_schema schema:
ogrinfo wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset.gpkgINFO: Open of `C:\wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset.gpkg'
using driver `GPKG' successful.
1: wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset
2: wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset_wtrlinkref (None)-so) and ‘List all features of all layers’ (-al) arguments to view summary information about the layers within the GeoPackageogrinfo wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset.gpkg -so -alINFO: Open of `C:\wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset.gpkg'
using driver `GPKG' successful.
Layer name: wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset
Geometry: Unknown (any)
Feature Count: 116
Extent: (209562.134000, 79229.510000) - (341688.834000, 853194.875000)
Layer SRS WKT:
PROJCRS["OSGB 1936 / British National Grid",
[...]
Learn about new data and access enhancements recently released for the OS NGD.
Data structure pages provide more detailed information about data available for OS NGD themes, collections and feature types.
Resources for styling OS NGD data.




This guide introduces the concept of temporal filtering in the OS NGD and gives instructions on how to add a temporal filter to a new data package.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date.
Temporal filtering is an optional step when you create a new data package against one of your existing recipes. For further information and step-by-step instructions on creating recipes and data packages, please see the Getting started with recipes and Getting started with data packages pages.
You cannot apply a temporal filter to an existing data package held in your Data packages list; a temporal filter can only be added to new data packages during the data package creation stage.
The earliest date you can request for the majority of feature types in the OS NGD via a temporal filter is 29 September 2022.
As new feature types are added to the OS NGD, their temporal filter range will begin on the date they are added (for example, 28 March 2023 for the Waterbody Catchment Feature Type). Each feature type page states the earliest start date available for temporal filtering on that feature type.
To create a new OS NGD data package and apply a temporal filter to it:
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
In your OS NGD Select+Build Recipe Library, scroll or search for the recipe you wish to create a data package against, select that recipe, then click the Add data package button.
Add the following details to your data package under Add a data package in the secondary navigation menu:
Give your data package a name.
Choose the area you want to receive your data for: either 'All of Britain or Predefined Area' (this means you receive data and it will not be refined by location) or 'Draw a polygon / upload a file / use an OS polygon' (to select a smaller area for your data to be provided for).
Click the Create data package button.
Learn how to access and use OS NGD API – Features and OS NGD API – Tiles.
OS NGD APIs provide programmatic access to OS NGD data, enabling rich geospatial data to be integrated into a wide array of applications and use cases. Accessing OS NGD data via our APIs allows you to discover what data is available before using it, access the benefits of OS NGD within your applications and build new solutions with rich, consistent and current information about the real world.
Documentation for the OS NGD APIs is available on the OS APIs Documentation site alongside documentation for our other OS APIs. The pages below provide an overview of both APIs and details of how to get started with a new project.
These pages should be used in conjunction with the more detailed pages within the Data Structure section which are specifically focussed on the different OS NGD themes, collections and feature types.
Access to the OS NGD APIs is available via the OS Data Hub.
Detailed documentation on OS NGD design and practical guides on how to apply OS NGD data:
In-depth information on OS NGD data, including structure, applications and news:
Step-by-step instructions on how to share your OS Select+Build recipes with other organisations.
You can share a recipe you've created with another organisation (as long as they have access to OS Select+Build on the OS Data Hub). This functionality enables collaboration between organisations.
The following sub-sections on this page cover:
To share a recipe:
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
In your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library, scroll or search for the recipe you want to share.
In this view, you will be able to see the Recipe actions dropdown (where you can share, edit or delete a recipe).
Click the Recipe actions dropdown.
Click the Share recipe button.
Search for the organisation with whom you wish to share the recipe. To do this, just start to type the organisation's name, then select the correct organisation from the list.
Add a message for the organisation receiving the recipe to provide them with context around why you are sharing the recipe with them before clicking Send.
To accept a shared recipe:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
You will see a new notification at the top right of your screen, indicated by a bell button and a number count of any unread notifications.
Click the bell button. You will see details of a notification explaining You have been sent a shared recipe, which will include the name of the organisation that shared the recipe with you, along with a message if they added one when sharing the recipe.
To reject a recipe shared with you:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
You will see a new notification at the top right of your screen, indicated by a bell button and a number count of any unread notifications.
Click the bell button. You will see details of a notification explaining You have been sent a shared recipe, which will include the name of the organisation that shared the recipe with you, along with a message if they added one when sharing the recipe.
Download OS NGD sample data or visualise it online.
An OS NGD Data Viewer is available that lets you visualise product sample data online for three areas (Exeter, Newport and Inverness).
Sample data for most OS NGD feature types are available. The sample data always use the latest data schema version available for each feature type.
Sample data are available to download from the OS Data Hub for the following OS NGD collections:
Sample data always use the latest data schema version available for each collection.
Sample data for the collections are available in GeoPackage and CSV (comma-separated values) formats.
One zip file of sample data is provided per collection. Within each of these zip files, the individual feature types for each collection are separated into their own folder.
Sample data are not available for the OS Boundaries, OS Islands Address or OS NI Postcodes Collections.
In-depth information on OS NGD data, including structure, applications and news:
GeoPackage (.gpkg) is an open, non-proprietary, platform-independent, and standard data format for geographic information systems (GIS), as defined by the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC). It is designed to be a lightweight format that can contain large amounts of varied and complex data in a single, easy to distribute and ready to use file. GeoPackage is natively supported by numerous software applications.
GeoPackage offers users the following key features and benefits:
The single file is easy to transfer and offers the end-user a rich experience.
Attribute names are not limited in length, making the format user-friendly.
The file size limit is very large at 140TB, so lots of data can be easily accommodated (please note that a file size limit may be imposed by the file system to which the file is written).
It supports raster, vector and database formats, making it a highly versatile solution.
It is an OGC standard.
In most cases, it is a plug and play format.
Data will be supplied in British National Grid (EPSG:27700), World Geodetic System (WGS84: EPSG: 4326), or British National Grid + ODN Height (EPSG: 7405), depending on your selection when ordering OS NGD data.
The following sub-sections provide step-by-step instructions on how to access GeoPackage data via various GIS software packages, all current versions of these support GeoPackages natively.
It is possible to use Extract, Transform, Load (ETL) tools to convert the data into different formats and to load into databases.
The OS GB Address Collection is a complete, analytical and authoritative addressing dataset for Great Britain. It is designed to provide a detailed view of an address and its lifecycle.
The OS GB Address Collection allows you to:
Keep your address data current with up-to-daily updates.
Utilise the richness of Local Authority data and analyse addresses by their classification, postal status and build status to create a detailed picture of a given area.
Access all addresses in Royal Mail’s Postcode Address File (PAF), Not Yet Built (NYB) and Multiple Residence (MR) datasets, with the ability to use PAF’s Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) and Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number (UMRRN) alongside the authoritative Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN).
Easily create mail shots using the Full Address attribute on the Royal Mail Address Feature Type.
Carry out spatial analysis and aggregation using the accurate rooftop coordinates provided for each address.
Easily identify and download addresses by pre-build, built and historic lifecycle stages.
Use the UPRN to easily link different data sets right down to a single address.
A full representation of an address as you can view both the Royal Mail and Local Authority representations of it.
Up-to-daily updates to data.
The simplified data model means there’s no need to be an addressing expert to use the data.
Plug and play – the data is simple and quick to implement as you don't need to pre-process it before you use it.
Frequently asked questions (FAQs) about this collection and detailed answers are available from the .
Great Britain.
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700).
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this collection is noted at the top of the individual feature type pages.
GeoPackage or CSV (comma-separated values).
GB Address data can be accessed through the via OS Select+Build, the bespoke OS NGD download service. It can't be accessed through OS NGD API – Features or OS NGD API – Tiles.
Included in the (PSGA) – therefore, it's free at point of use for Public Sector organisations.
Available to OS Partners for commercial resell in your solutions.
Available for organisations to try out for free for three months under the ; this licence is primarily designed for organisations either considering becoming an OS Partner or who want to trial OS Premium data before working with an existing OS Partner.
The OS Islands Address Collection is a complete, analytical and authoritative addressing dataset for Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man. It is designed to provide a detailed view of an address and its lifecycle.
The OS Islands Address Collection allows you to:
Keep your address data current with up-to-daily updates.
Utilise the richness of additional attribution about each address and analyse addresses by their classification, postal status and build status to create a detailed picture of a given area.
Access all addresses in Royal Mail’s Postcode Address File (PAF), Not Yet Built (NYB) and Multiple Residence (MR) datasets, with the ability to use PAF’s Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) and Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number (UMRRN) alongside the authoritative Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN).
Easily create mail shots using the Full Address attribute on the Royal Mail Address Feature Type.
Carry out spatial analysis and aggregation using the accurate rooftop coordinates provided for each address.
Easily identify and download addresses by pre-build, built and historic lifecycle stages.
Use the UPRN to easily link different data sets right down to a single address.
A full representation of an address as you can view both the Royal Mail and Local Authority representations of it.
Up-to-daily updates to data.
The simplified data model means there’s no need to be an addressing expert to use the data.
Plug and play – the data is simple and quick to implement as you don't need to pre-process it before you use it.
Frequently asked questions (FAQs) about this collection and detailed answers are available from the .
Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands, and the Isle of Man.
European Terrestrial Reference System 89 (EPSG: ETRS89).
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this collection is noted at the top of the individual feature type pages.
GeoPackage or CSV (comma-separated values).
Islands Address data can be accessed through the via OS Select+Build, the bespoke OS NGD download service. It can't be accessed through OS NGD API – Features or OS NGD API – Tiles.
Included in the (PSGA) – therefore, it's free at point of use for Public Sector organisations.
Available to OS Partners for commercial resell in your solutions.
Loading OS NGD CSV files into databases
It is recommended that you have a basic understanding of database terminology before following the guides in the tabs below. The guides contain generic instructions, and it is recognised that there are multiple ways to load CSV files into databases which may be more suitable to your environment and existing processes.
Prior to loading the data into a database, it is necessary to create the relevant tables in the database. We have supplied the DDL statements that can be accessed in our .
These instructions are based on version 14, but should work for all supported versions. The instructions assume that you have set-up your database with the spatial extension.
Once connected to your PostgreSQL database, with the relevant schema and table created, the CSV file can be loaded with the following SQL statement using the :
These instructions are based on 2019, but should work for all supported versions.
This section gives an overview of the OS NGD data structure and details the data available for each OS NGD theme, collection and feature type.
OS NGD data is different from our other products because you access it from a single source where you'll find the data you need without having to download unnecessary datasets. It also has a simple data structure, designed to help you quickly answer questions and develop more intelligent solutions.
OS NGD data has been categorised to make it easier and quicker for you to discover the data you need:
Themes: Geographic data of Great Britain is structured into nine themes of related items.
Collections: Each theme is made up of one or more collections, which in turn have feature types.
The Delivery Point Alias Component provides alias data related to a delivery point address. It sources data from Royal Mail's Delivery Point Alias (DPA) table. DPA information provides additional Delivery Point Information, including Trading Names and Building Name details where a Building Number is the official building identifier.
For more information about the DPA table, please consult chapter six 'Alias' of the .
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 08 October 2026.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this related component, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Ordnance Survey derived primary key providing a unique row identifier assigned to enable indexing for efficient querying.
Administrative and Statistical Units are the geographical extent of administrative, legislative, regulatory, electoral, statistical, governance, service delivery and activity management areas. OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme data is the most comprehensive and high-quality set of area data available for Great Britain ever produced by OS. You can use the datasets to perform quick and accurate searches as well as high-level visualisation and spatial analysis of features.
The provides a definitive dataset of administrative and electoral boundaries and their names for England, Wales and Scotland. Government Statistical Service (GSS) codes are contained within the data and are supplied by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) and the National Records of Scotland (NRS).
As of the end of March 2026, the theme now also includes the , and Collections. These are notional geographies which have been algorithmically derived from other OS NGD data.
The three new retail areas feature types in the OS Functional Areas Collection define the notional geographic extents of retail locations across Great Britain, identifying clusters of buildings with retail addresses.
The OS Boundaries Collection provides a definitive dataset of administrative and electoral boundaries and their names for England, Wales and Scotland. Government Statistical Service (GSS) codes are contained within the data and supplied by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) and the National Records of Scotland (NRS).
The OS Boundaries Collection allows you to:
Access a seamless coverage of administrative and electoral boundaries across Great Britain.
Utilise the key boundaries for Great Britain, which have been designed to be used in multiple applications including GIS and web mapping applications.
Rich attribution ensures the data is straightforward to navigate and query.
Persistent unique identifiers with lifecycle information.
The ability to select addresses from a specific lifecycle state (for example, Built Address and Pre-Build Address).
Full UK address coverage available via accessing the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections together.
Cross-references make it easy for you to link data in this collection with data from other OS NGD collections.

Rich attribution ensures the data is straightforward to navigate and query.
Persistent unique identifiers with lifecycle information.
The ability to select addresses from a specific lifecycle state (for example, Built Address and Pre-Build Address).
Full UK address coverage available via accessing the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections together.
Cross-references make it easy for you to link data in this collection with data from other OS NGD collections.






Click View recipe details. The recipe details will be displayed for you to review
Click the Accept recipe button. You will be presented with a dialog box explaining: When you accept a recipe, it is added to your organisation’s recipe library. It will show as 'shared'. You can create data packages from it, but you can’t share the recipe with other organisations.
Click View recipe details. The recipe details will be displayed for you to review
Sharing recipes
Accepting a shared recipe
Rejecting a shared recipe





ogr2ogr -f PostgreSQL "PG:user=example_user password=example_password dbname=postgres host=localhost port=5432 active_schema=example_schema" wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset.gpkgschemaname | tablename
---------------+---------------------------------
example_schema | wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset
example_schema | wtr_ntwk_waterlinkset_wtrlinkrefSelect a file format: CSV or GeoPackage.
Select the updates you want. Instead of selecting the 'not required' or COU (Change-Only Update) frequency options (which are available under the 'Select updates' drop-down), to apply a temporal filter, you should select the option for a one-off snapshot of a current or past date by ticking the following check box:
Select the supply date needed for the snapshot:
If you request a temporal filter date for your new data package that precedes the date a feature type in the data package was added to the OS NGD, then no results will be returned.



GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three non-standard 5km x 5km areas: Sheffield, Newport & Inverness
GeoPackage, CSV
Three non-standard 5km x 5km areas: Plymouth, Newport & Inverness
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
The standard sample data areas for each collection typically cover three 5km x 5km areas in Great Britain: Exeter (England), Newport (Wales) and Inverness (Scotland). Exceptions to the standard areas are highlighted in the note below.
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
GeoPackage, CSV
Three 5km x 5km areas
OS Transport Network Collection sample data are available for Sheffield, Newport and Inverness; there are no sample data for Exeter.
OS Water Features Collection sample data are available for Plymouth, Newport and Inverness; there are no sample data for Exeter.
Please note that as we're publishing three relatively small (5km x 5km) sample data areas for most of the collections, the following three feature types are not represented within these areas and their record counts will therefore be zero in the sample data:
Landform Point (OS Land Features Collection)
Maintenance Point (OS RAMI Collection)
Railway Link Set (OS Transport Network Collection)
However, it is possible to change the destination geometry column to a nvarchar(max) type, and then either post process the table or use a a computed column to generate a geometry type column (see code examples below).
It is not possible to load OS NGD CSV files into an Oracle database using the default SQL*Loader utility. The geometries are supplied in Well-Known Text (WKT) format and some of them are too large for SQL*Loader to process.
However, with the relevant schema and table created in your Oracle database, the CSV file can be loaded using ETL (extract, transform, load) tools, for example, GDAL or FME.
COPY destination_schema.destination_table
FROM 'source_path_to_csv_file\source_name_of_csv_file.csv'
DELIMITER ','
CSV HEADER
ENCODING 'UTF8';ALTER TABLE destination_schema.destination_table
ADD new_computed_column_name AS
geometry::STGeomFromText(destination_table.geometry, /* EPSG_CODE_OF_GEOM */) persisted;BULK INSERT destination_schema.destination_table
FROM '
-- Add new geometry column
ALTER TABLE
Feature types: Feature types are the most granular level, with objects (features) grouped by geometry or classification.
Content in this section is ordered by themes, collections and feature types, mirroring the OS NGD data structure itself. This level of categorisation should make it easier and quicker for you to discover the data you need.
For example, if you are interested in water or river data, then you should select 'OS NGD Water' from the card below or the left-hand-side navigation menu, then drill down through the collections to the water feature type/s that interest you.
OS NGD themes

Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) assigned by Royal Mail as a persistent identifier, belonging to the feature of which the alias relates to.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Date of the feature version to which this related component applies. This is used along with the Feature Type ID attribute to join the component to the Royal Mail Address Feature Type.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Contains alias name text, derived from the Delivery Point Alias (DPA) source table.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Indicates the source alias table from which the record has been derived.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Describes the subdivisions of Delivery Point Alias (DPA) table.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Describes the currency of the Delivery Point Alias (DPA) provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Royal Mail raw alias component information, containing concatenated components and codes as a single string attribute.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 150
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Customers taking data schema version 2.0 onward of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Royal Mail Address
Related components: Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias
However, the three related components (Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias) will only be provided for Royal Mail Address features if the Description attribute is 'Postcode Address File'. Against all other Royal Mail Address features, the related components will be populated as null.
Please note that the Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias Related Component tables are included in product design for future compatibility but are not currently populated; customers should expect these files to be empty until a future data enhancement enables OS to supply the Royal Mail alias data. Please see the for more information.
The two postcodes collections provide complete, analytical and authoritative postcode datasets for Great Britain and Northern Ireland; they are designed to provide a detailed view of postcodes. Full UK postcode coverage is available if you combine data from the two collections as the identical schemas enable compatibility.
The OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme is made up of four collections, which in turn are comprised of 23 feature types. The four collections are OS Boundaries, OS Functional Areas, OS GB Postcodes and OS NI Postcodes.
At least one of the following four unique identifiers is provided with each feature within the OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme:
OSID (Ordnance Survey Identifier): The primary identifier and unique key for feature types in the OS Boundaries Collection.
TOID (Topographic Identifier): An additional secondary identifier for feature types in the OS Boundaries Collection which can aid further data linking. TOIDs are an optional attribute and therefore will not always be provided with every feature.
Feature ID: For a small number of feature types in OS NGD where it is not possible or necessary to have identifiers that persist over time, the Feature ID is used as the primary identifier. The Postcode Unit Area, Retail Area Aggregated, Retail Area Major and Retail Area Minor Feature Types in this theme use this unique identifier. The notional extents of the retail area features and Postcode Unit Area features are regenerated periodically (for example, monthly for the latter), at which point all features will get a new Feature ID.
Postcode: The primary identifier for the Postcode Unit Point Feature Types and an important identifier for the Postcode Unit Area Feature Type in this theme (Postcode Unit Area features represent postcode parts, not whole postcodes, so their primary identifier is Feature ID). Postcode is the identifier assigned by Royal Mail for the purposes of mail delivery. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses.
Geometry ID: A non-persistent identifier currently used in the Postcode Unit Area Feature Type only, to identify where postcode part geometries are coincident. Some of the OS NGD feature types are designed for multiple features to have exactly the same polygon, called coincident geometries. For example, a residential tower block represented by a single building may have hundreds of addresses located in it with several different postcodes. In this scenario, a Postcode Unit Area feature would represent each postcode as an area (called a postcode part), all of which would share the same geometry (derived from the building representing the tower block). All of the coincidental geometries would have the same Geometry ID. The Geometry ID is used to identify which other features share that same geometry and it can support key use cases (for example, it can be used to create a full surface representation of postcode unit areas). Metadata about the number of coincident geometries is supplied.
GSS (Government Statistical Service) codes: A system of referencing for administrative, electoral, and statistical geographies.
The following introductory guides (covering the benefits, key features and attribution available for each collection) are available on our More than Maps site:
Find out how new can help you to unlock new insights and build a richer postcode picture for Great Britain and Northern Ireland, including combining improved geometries with clearer connections to postal areas, districts and sectors, as well as addresses, buildings, and land cover.
: Find out how the new retail areas data is useful for central government in the creation of policy relating to local neighbourhoods and can be used to show how investment impacts areas with similar characteristics. Discover how local authorities can use this foundational dataset for evidence-gathering and to define patterns of economic activity.
View and interrogate the full hierarchy of boundaries across Great Britain, from 'Parish Or Community' to 'Country'.
Use GSS codes (where available) to link OS Boundaries Collection polygons with other geographies, helping you perform detailed statistical analysis to better support your decision and policy making.
Identify areas of sea water and land present within coastal boundary polygons to get a better understanding of the land areas of a boundary.
Perform powerful analytics, underpinned by unrivalled OS accuracy, using additional enriched attribution (detailed below).
The data is updated twice a year in May and October.
Plug and play – the data is simple and quick to implement as you don't need to pre-process it before you use it.
Persistent unique identifiers with lifecycle information.
New Country Feature Type included, giving polygons for England, Wales and Scotland.
New Upper and Lower Tier Local Authority Feature Types included, which improve alignment between OS data and ONS data.
Rich attribution ensures the data is straightforward to navigate and query. The enriched, additional attribution includes, but is not limited to, the following:
Boundary Parent reference values (where appropriate) to indicate the hierarchy of boundaries (for example, a District Ward will reference the District).
Land area, tidal area and total area values in hectares.
An 'Is Borough' attribute to identify boundaries which are also boroughs.
Frequently asked questions (FAQs) about this collection and detailed answers are available from the FAQs page.
Great Britain.
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700).
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this collection is noted at the top of the individual feature type pages.
GeoPackage, CSV (comma-separated values) or vector tiles.
Accessed through the OS Data Hub via:
OS Select+Build (the bespoke OS NGD download service)
OS NGD API – Tiles
It can't be accessed through OS NGD API – Features.
Included as part of OS OpenData and therefore can be used for free.
Also available for organisations to try out for free for six months under the Data Exploration Licence; this licence is primarily designed for organisations either considering becoming an OS Partner or who want to trial OS data before working with an existing OS Partner.

This guide walks you through using the OS Data Hub API Dashboard to create and manage API projects.
OS NGD API – Features provides access to OS NGD feature data, enabling you explore and visualise detailed OS data.
OS NGD API – Tiles provides access to scalable OS NGD vector tiles for a ready‑to‑use, customisable basemap you can use to build interactive maps of Great Britain.


A recipe is a bespoke selection of OS NGD data which is made by a user within OS Select+Build. Recipes allow you to choose the OS NGD data that best fits your requirements.
OS NGD data is structured by themes, collections, and feature types; the main advantage to this data structure is that you can easily find and select individual feature types across different themes and build your own recipes and data package/s containing only the data you are interested in. There's also the option to select all or only a few feature types from a single theme.
Every new recipe you create will be stored in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library. This library will be visible to other people in your organisation. It provides a central place for colleagues to view and use recipes.
Once you've created your recipe, you'll need to add a data package to receive the data. Data packages allow you to select the format, update frequency and area of interest for the required data. The following guide will help you to create a data package from your new recipe:
You might also like to try creating one of our recommended recipes:
Step-by-step instructions on how to edit OS Select+Build recipes.
You can edit the content of an existing recipe to add or remove specific themes and feature types, or change attribute filters and data schema versions to pick a specific version of the data you need. You can also edit the name or description of an existing recipe to better represent what it provides.
The following sub-sections on this page cover:
To edit a recipe's name:
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
In your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library, scroll or search for the recipe you want to edit.
Click on the name of the recipe to view the recipe details.
Click on the pencil icon next to the recipe name.
Enter the required changes to the recipe name in the dialog box.
To save your changes, simply click away from the edit box. The recipe's change log at the bottom of the page will update to reflect the change to the recipe name.
To edit a recipe's description:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
You can edit the content of a recipe to add or remove themes and feature types, change attribute filtering or switch between data schema versions. However, you can't edit a recipe if it has data packages linked to it that receive change-only updates (COUs) – please see the warning note below for instructions on how to solve this issue and create a copy of a recipe.
To edit a recipe that doesn't have data packages linked to it that receive COUs:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
The Other Alias Component provides alternate names for counties, localities and thoroughfares. County aliases provide alternate names for a county, including Traditional, Administrative and Former Postal County information. Locality aliases include old short-form names, local names and Postally Not Required (PNR) Localities. Thoroughfare Alias information provides replacement Thoroughfare names for a given Locality, Thoroughfare or Dependent Thoroughfare combination.
For more information about components of the Other Alias table, please consult chapter six 'Alias' of the Royal Mail Programmer's Guide.
Customers taking data schema version 2.0 onward of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Royal Mail Address
Related components: Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias
However, the three related components (Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias) will only be provided for Royal Mail Address features if the Description attribute is 'Postcode Address File'. Against all other Royal Mail Address features, the related components will be populated as null.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 08 October 2026.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering is available from the Getting started with temporal filtering guide.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this related component, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Ordnance Survey derived primary key providing a unique row identifier assigned to enable indexing for efficient querying.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) assigned by Royal Mail as a persistent identifier, belonging to the feature of which the alias relates to.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Date of the feature version to which this related component applies. This is used along with the Feature Type ID attribute to join the component to the Royal Mail Address Feature Type.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Contains alias name text, derived from either Thoroughfare, Locality or County source tables.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 150
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Indicates the source alias table from which the record has been derived.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Indicates the alias subdivision applicable to the record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Royal Mail raw alias component information, containing concatenated components and codes as a single string attribute.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 150
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Processing OS NGD COU files.
The process to load the COU files will depend on a number of factors based on your own environment and requirements, including:
Database software
Data loading method or software
Feature retention and lifecycle requirements
There are two main scenarios that represent either extreme of the feature lifecycle options:
Latest feature view
Full feature archive
In this scenario, the COU files are processed and only the current version of every feature is retained. This will result in the same data holdings that would be achieved if a new full supply was received on this date.
To achieve this, either post-processing will have to be done once all COU data is loaded into a database, or the loading process will need to evaluate the COU data against your existing data and process accordingly. This processing will be based on the supplied attributes which detail the type of change and the dates for that version.
Each feature type is supplied with a Change Type attribute (changetype), which is populated from a code list value (changetypevalue).
Below is a table of the possible change types and the resultant actions required to maintain a latest feature view of the data for the specific feature type. Individual features should be targeted based on that feature type's unique identifier. In the majority of feature types, this will be the osid, but this is not always the case; therefore, please check the appropriate feature type documentation.
A single feature may be updated multiple times in a single COU file when multiple changes occur within the selected COU frequency. Instead of suppressing all changes other than the last edit, the COU will contain all of the edits which have been made to that feature.
To obtain the current 'live' view of a feature, the latest edit is required; all previous edits can be discounted. In essence, this requires the following two processes:
Discarding all feature records with the exception of the latest Version Available From Date (versionavailablefromdate)
Discarding all feature records that have a Version Available To Date (versionavailabletodate) populated, i.e. it is NOT NULL. These records will also have the Change Type Value (changetypevalue) of 'End Of Life' or 'Moved To A Different Feature Type'.
In this scenario, every record is retained, giving a full lifecycle since the supply started of each feature. This will result in multiple records for each feature.
To enable this in a database, the default primary keys (as defined in the provided DDL scripts) will have to be changed to also include the version available from and to dates (versionavailablefromdate, versionavailabletodate).
The address related components provide supplementary non-geospatial information or context about addresses.
There are three addressable object related components in the OS NGD Address Theme; they can be linked to a local authority address record in a feature type using the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) as the foreign key. Data schema version 3.0 onward of the Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address Feature Types in the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections are supported by the three addressable object related components:
: These provide alternative address labels where they exist for the ‘current’ address represented on a given feature type.
: These provide additional Valuation Office Agency (VOA) classification information.
'Is Detached' attribute values are applied to portions of local government and parliamentary constituency areas that are separated from the main area and are completely surrounded by other areas.
Please note that the Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias Related Component tables are included in product design for future compatibility but are not currently populated; customers should expect these files to be empty until a future data enhancement enables OS to supply the Royal Mail alias data. Please see the FAQs for more information.
OS NGD Address
OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units
OS NGD Buildings
OS NGD Geographical Names
OS NGD Land
OS NGD Land Use
OS NGD Structures
OS NGD Transport
OS NGD Water
Access all of the code lists for the OS NGD.
OS NGD Fundamentals covers the core elements of OS NGD design, including available data formats and file naming, data schema versioning, access methods, data ordering and currency, attribute information for feature types, unique identifiers and coordinate reference systems.
Our getting started guides will help you access, use and style OS NGD data. You'll also find FAQs, in-depth information on OS NGD design, and webinars, tutorials and case studies.
Learn about new data and access enhancements recently released for the OS NGD, planned future data enhancements on our roadmap, the change log, recent data improvements, and recent announcements.
Find out about OS NGD planned maintenance, any live service disruption, current data issues and resolved data issues.
Download OS NGD sample data or visualise it online.










Modified Attributes
Update the record (see section below)
Modified Geometry
Update the record (see section below)
Modified Geometry And Attributes
Update the record (see section below)
New
Insert as a new feature
Moved From A Different Feature Type
Insert as a new feature
End Of Life
Delete existing feature based on unique identifier
Moved To A Different Feature Type
Delete existing feature based on unique identifier
The OS NGD is available to OS Partners and to public sector organisations who are members of the Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA). OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs can be accessed via the OS Data Hub on either the Premium Plan or Public Sector Plan.
Alternatively, you can try out OS NGD collection data for free for three to six months by applying for a Data Exploration Licence. This licence is available for all collections apart from the OS Islands Address and OS Functional Areas Collections.
The licence is primarily designed for organisations either considering becoming an OS Partner or who want to trial OS Premium data before working with an existing OS Partner.
Detailed documentation on OS NGD design and practical guides on how to apply OS NGD data:
In-depth information on OS NGD data, including structure, applications and news:
Try out OS NGD sample data, download it via OS Select+Build or access it through the OS NGD APIs:
The PSGA (Public Sector Geospatial Agreement) sets out how Ordnance Survey (OS) provides world-leading location data and expertise to the public sector across Britain. It supports the delivery of critical infrastructure and services, as well as working to help protect our environment.
Find out more about the PSGA by visiting the OS website, including the benefits of joining, instructions on how to access OS data, success stories, support, registration process information and instructions, and a PSGA Member finder tool to check if your organisation is already a member.
Editing recipe names
Editing recipe descriptions
Editing the content of recipes




Create multiple data packages from a single recipe
Delete a data package
Search through your organisation's recipes in the OS Select+Build Recipe Library using the recipe name, description, or content (i.e. themes, collections, or feature types)
Search through your organisation's data packages in the Data packages list screen using the data package name, data package number, or product name
Collect your data package(s) via the OS Data Hub or the OS Downloads API
Share a recipe with another organisation that has access to OS Select+Build
Use attribute filtering to narrow down data selection beyond the feature type level, creating bespoke recipes of OS NGD data:
Create and manage OS Select+Build recipes within your organisation:
Edit your OS Select+Build recipes to improve your recipe library:
Share OS Select+Build recipes with external organisations to improve collaboration:
There are three Royal Mail related components in the OS NGD Address Theme; they can be linked to an address record in a feature type using the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) as the foreign key. Data schema version 2.0 onward of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type in the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections is supported by the three Royal Mail related components:
Multiple Residence: These provide data developed to identify addresses that are delivered to a shared delivery point; this means premises with one front door, or delivery point, that has been subdivided into flats, units or other separate occupancies. Multiple residence data provide a detailed address structure for these properties.
Delivery Point Alias: These provide alias data related to a delivery point address, sourcing data from Royal Mail's Delivery Point Alias (DPA) table. DPA information provides additional Delivery Point Information, including Trading Names and Building Name details where a Building Number is the official building identifier.
Other Alias: These provide alternate names for counties, localities and thoroughfares.
The OS NGD Address Theme data structure diagram below is applicable to the latest data schema versions of all address feature types, that is data schema version 3.0 of Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address, data schema version 1.0 of Street Address, and data schema version 2.0 of Royal Mail Address:
Please see Data schema versioning for information on data schema versioning in the OS NGD. Superseded data structure diagrams for the OS NGD Address Theme are available on the OS NGD Address Theme page.
The related components do not contain geometry and therefore need to be joined to the relevant feature type table using:
UPRN for the Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address Feature Types
UDPRN or UMRRN for the Royal Mail Address Feature Type data schema version 2.0 onward
When data is supplied, you will receive related component data split out by feature type.
For example, customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Pre-Build Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive:
Feature type: Pre-Build Address
Related component: Pre-Build Alternate Address
Related component: Pre-Build Postal Address
Related component: Pre-Build Related Entity
Related component: Pre-Build Other Classification
For example, customers taking data schema version 3.0 of the Pre-Build Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive:
Feature type: Pre-Build Address
Related component: Pre-Build Alternate Address
Related component: Pre-Build Related Entity
Related component: Pre-Build Other Classification
🆕 For example, customers taking data schema version 2.0 of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive:
Feature type: Royal Mail Address
Related component: Multiple Residence
Related component: Delivery Point Alias
Related component: Other Alias
Step-by-step instructions on how to create and manage your OS Select+Build recipes.
This guide will help you get started with creating, managing and deleting recipes in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
The following sub-sections on this page cover:
Before you create a data package to receive your OS NGD data, you'll need to create a recipe.
To create a new recipe:
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left-hand-side secondary navigation menu.
Click the Create a new recipe button at the top right-hand-side of the screen.
Give your recipe a descriptive name.
Add a detailed description for your recipe.
Select your OS NGD data by choosing the themes, collections and feature types you want to include in your recipe.
Click the Create recipe button. Your new recipe will now instantly be available in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
Any recipes created by your organisation will be stored in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library in the OS Data Hub.
To find your OS Select+Build Recipe Library:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
You can easily check details about any of your organisation's existing recipes, including a recipe's name, description, creation date, author, the filters used (if applicable), and what OS NGD themes, collections and feature types are included in a recipe.
To check what's in an existing recipe:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
A recipe can be deleted within your recipe library. You can do this if you are the author of the recipe or an admin user.
To delete a recipe:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a recipe in OS Select+Build to identify the level of access to natural areas from existing addresses.
The guide below provides a geospatial toolkit to help you identify the level of access to natural areas from existing addresses, both residential and commercial; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, administrative and statistical units, buildings, geographical names, land use and water data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe.
You can adapt the suggested town and city planning recipe at the recipe creation or editing stage so that it fully meets your needs. No filters are used in this recipe (you can filter the data later on in your GIS of choice).
For this recipe guide, we define a natural area as a location where a member of the public can access an unbuilt area for the purpose of leisure; this includes playing fields, parks, woodland, grassland, trails and rivers.
The recipe will be useful for town and city planners who want to assess access to natural areas from existing commercial and residential addresses, and provide evidence to help inform compliance with Natural England's Green Infrastructure Framework. Access to natural areas for residential properties should ideally be available within a radius of 300m (roughly a 5 minute walk).
We suggest you include the following 10 feature types in the town and city planning recipe:
To create the town and city planning recipe in OS Select+Build:
Click Log in on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left-hand-side secondary navigation menu.
More information on creating, editing and deleting recipes in OS Select+Build and on adding attribute filters to recipes can be found in the following guides:
Once you've created your recipe, you'll need to add a data package to receive the data. Data packages allow you to select the format, update frequency and area of interest for the required data.
The following guide will help you to create a data package from your new recipe:
Once you've created your recipe and added a data package to it to receive the data, you can import the data into your chosen GIS to analyse it or create maps.
The following guide shows you how to identify the level of access to natural areas from existing residential and commercial addresses; it demonstrates how to use QGIS to standardise the geometry of datasets you've downloaded and, if required, standardise the data into one layer using common attributes:
OS NGD data is available in four easy-to-use formats: GeoPackage, CSV (comma-separated values), GeoJSON and vector tiles. The download service of OS Select+Build supports GeoPackage and CSV. OS NGD API – Features supports GeoJSON. OS NGD API – Tiles supports vector tiles.
CSV files are delimited text files which use commas to separate each attribute from the next. CSV is one of the file formats available via OS Select+Build. A single record is commonly provided per line, with a new line being started for each new record.
Geometry attribution will be provided as Well-Known Text (WKT).
CSV offers the following benefits:
The single file is familiar to many customers and well used across GIS and data science tools.
It is plug and play with most databases.
The ability to quickly load large datasets using COPY method rather than INSERT.
The following table shows how different attribute types in the OS NGD are delivered when you choose to receive a CSV format. This includes whether to expect quotes, and how NULL values are treated.
GeoPackage (GPKG) is an open standard data format as defined by the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC). It is one of the file formats available via OS Select+Build. GeoPackage is designed to be a lightweight format that can contain large amounts of varied and complex data in a single, easy to distribute and ready to use file. Please be advised that older versions of GIS software may need updating before being able to display and interact with GeoPackage files.
GeoPackage offers the following benefits:
The single file is easy to transfer and offers the end-user a rich experience.
Attribute names are not limited in length, making it user-friendly.
The file size limit is very large at 140TB, so lots of data can be easily accommodated (please note that a file size limit may be imposed by the file system to which the file is written).
It supports raster, vector and database formats, making it a highly versatile solution.
GeoJSON is an IETF standard designed to represent simple geographical features and their non-spatial attributes. It is used for encoding geographic data structures using JavaScript Object Notation (JSON). GeoJSON is used by OS NGD API – Features.
More information about the GeoJSON IETF standard can be found .
Supported geometry types:
Point
LineString
Polygon
Multipart geometries: MultiPoints, MultiLineString, or MultiPolygon features
Vector tiles are clipped tiles, or grid squares, composed of layers of vector features which are optimised for caching, scaling and producing map imagery quickly. They serve in a similar way to raster tiles but have the added functionality of being customisable by users. A client application requests tiles based on a zoom level and extent, and the server responds with binary data representing the vector tiles containing the layers to be visualised on that map.
OS NGD API – Tiles serves vector tiles as raw information which is presented using compressed packets of geographic data using the Protocolbuffer Binary Format (.pbf).
Vector tiles offer the following benefits:
User customisation and styling functionality – customise your map with full and dynamic design control.
Small file size – lightweight tiles that are efficient and quick to render in your client application.
Pixel perfect maps – high-resolution, beautiful mapping for all devices (web and mobile devices).
Snapping ability – due to the data being vector, data can be snapped to and traced.
When you place an order for OS NGD data via OS Select+Build, the following file naming convention will be applied to the data you receive:
themeshortcode_collectionshortcode_featuretype
In order to keep file names manageable and not overly long, shortened file names ('short codes') have been used for both the theme and collection. Using short codes in our naming convention also ensures we have consistency in naming between OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs.
An example of how these short codes are used is below, with the example showing a file name which would be created for an order of the Built Address Feature Type within the OS GB Address Collection of the OS NGD Address Theme:
add_gb_builtaddress
A full list of the short codes we use in OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs is detailed in the following table:
Discover how to download OS NGD data using our bespoke download service, OS Select+Build.
OS Select+Build is our download service that gives you access to OS NGD data. You can use it to choose the OS NGD data you need (by theme, collection and feature type) and select how you want to download your data as a data package. OS Select+Build is available via the OS Data Hub.
OS NGD data from OS Select+Build can be downloaded in two file formats: GeoPackage and CSV. Detailed information on the supply options available can be found on the in the .
For the first time, you can select only the data you need rather than taking off-the-shelf OS products, such as AddressBase or OS MasterMap Topography Layer. For example, if you're only interested in buildings information, then you just create a recipe featuring only the OS NGD Buildings Theme and the content (feature types) you require within it.
OS Select+Build also allows you to combine data from different OS NGD collections. For example, you could select the Building and Building Access Location Feature Types (which are both in the OS Building Features Collection of the OS NGD Buildings Theme) and the Land Point and Landform Feature Types (which are both in the OS Land Features Collection of the OS NGD Land Theme):
The screenshot above shows what selecting this data would look like using OS Select+Build. The secondary navigation menu on the left-hand side of the screen is where you select the feature types you want from the tree view of the OS NGD themes, collections, and feature types, and where you can apply filters to the feature types (if needed). The right-hand side panel displays the definition for the feature type you've selected and lists all the attributes present within it.
Learn more about recipes in the .
Adding a data package to your recipe allows you to select the area, format, and update frequency to receive for your data. Learn more about this in the .
Take a look at the following getting started guides to begin using OS Select+Build to access OS NGD data:
Detailed documentation on OS NGD design and practical guides on how to apply OS NGD data:
In-depth information on OS NGD data, including structure, applications and news:
In the OS Boundaries Collection, the mean high water (springs) mark is shown to the normal tidal limit (NTL). Areas of salt marsh, mudflats and so on often have extremely complicated tide lines. For ease of digitising and to reduce data volumes, mean high water may be generalised in these areas (not Scotland). The mean high water (springs) mark is represented in the OS Boundaries Collection by a polyline feature. The mean high water (springs) mark is subject to continuous change, but the captured alignment of a tide line is a snapshot on one day. It is not practical to revise tide lines frequently.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The measured length of the geometry in metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Find out what coordinate reference systems are available for OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs.
OS Select+Build is the download service that gives you access to OS NGD data; it's available via the .
The GeoPackage and CSV formats accessible via OS Select+Build are available in four different CRSs dependent on your data selection:
British National Grid (BNG: EPSG: 27700)
British National Grid + ODN Height (EPSG: 7405)
The Other Classification Related Component provides additional classification data beyond that held by Local Authorities for an address record. This data type contains VOA Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rate classification information in the form of Special Category Codes (SCAT) and Primary Descript\ion codes where VOA information has been matched to a Local Authority address. Note that VOA classifications are only available for England and Wales.
The following table provides details about this related component’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
The Related Entity Related Component provides cross-reference information to key identifiers from other datasets, allowing for the UPRN (Unique Property Reference Number) to be linked to them.
The following table provides details about this related component’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Geometry Type: LineString
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
1.1
28 July 2025
Ongoing
Minor version increment that removes the query and download filters from the Description attribute as this attribute supports only a single value.
1.0
29 September 2022
27 July 2025
Initial launch of the Boundary High Water Mark Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.




The Postal Address Related Component is still provided against the older (maintenance) data schema versions 1.0 and 2.0 of the Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address Feature Types in the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections. These data schema versions are available for customers to use, but they are now older and in maintenance mode. (Data schema version 3.0 is the latest and recommended data schema version to use for these feature types.)

"
1.23
Decimal
N
"
1.23
Text
N
"
Some Text
Text (including comma in string)
Y
"
"Some, Text"
Array (code list)
Y
"
"item 1,item 2"
Timestamp
N
"
2022-08-17T00:00:00.000Z
Date
N
"
2022-08-31
It is an OGC standard.
In most cases, it is a plug and play format.
Smooth zooming and scaling effect – a seamless user experience when zooming in and out of maps.
Advanced features – vector tiles contain geographic data (not just images) which can be interrogated and analysed.
OS Islands Address
isl
OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units
asu
OS Boundaries
bdy
OS Functional Areas
funcarea
OS GB Postcodes
gbpcd
OS NI Postcodes
nipcd
OS NGD Buildings
bld
OS Building Features
fts
OS NGD Geographical Names
gnm
OS Named Features
fts
OS NGD Land
lnd
OS Land Features
fts
OS NGD Land Use
lus
OS Land Use Features
fts
OS NGD Structures
str
OS Structure Features
fts
OS NGD Transport
trn
OS Transport Features
fts
OS Transport Network
ntwk
OS RAMI
rami
OS NGD Water
wtr
OS Water Features
fts
OS Water Network
ntwk
Integer
N
"
123
Real
OS NGD Address
add
OS GB Address
gb
N
Select the recipe you're interested in from the menu. In this view, you can see the following high-level details about a recipe:
The recipe's name
The recipe's author
The date the recipe was created
A description of the recipe, if one has been added
OS NGD theme tags to show which themes are included in the recipe
In the screenshot below, you can see that the example recipe includes the following OS NGD themes: Land, Buildings, and Structures:
Clicking on a recipe opens the detailed information view, where you can find more information about the recipe, including:
The recipe's name
A description of the recipe, if one has been added
An option to view all of the filters applied to feature types in the recipe (if applicable)
The date the recipe was created
The recipe's author
An option to show the data schema version of each feature type in the recipe
A recipe tree detailing the OS NGD themes, collections, and feature types included in the recipe
Creating new recipes
Finding your OS Select+Build Recipe Library
Checking what's in a recipe
Deleting recipes
We recommend defining a naming convention for your organisation before creating OS NGD recipes and / or data packages.
Adding filters to feature types is an optional step for those with advanced OS data knowledge; see the Getting started with attribute filtering page for more information on applying filters and step-by-step instructions.
Selecting a data schema version for a feature type is an optional step; if you don't choose a particular data schema version for a feature type, OS Select+Build will always select the latest available data schema version for you for each feature type by default. We recommend using the pre-selected latest data schema version for feature types unless you have a specific need to use an earlier one. See the for more information.





If you wish to choose which schema version (where applicable) you'd like to receive the data in for a feature type, click on the feature type name within the tree view in the secondary navigation menu, then choose a data schema version from the drop-down box in the right-hand side panel.
OS NGD Water
OS Water Features
Select your OS NGD data by choosing the themes, collections and feature types you want to include in your recipe. You'll need to select the following 10 suggested feature types from the Themes panel on the left-hand side of the screen:
Built Address (found within Address > GB Address > Built Address)
Parish Or Community (found within Administrative and Statistical Units > Boundaries > Parish Or Community)
Upper Tier Local Authority (found within Administrative and Statistical Units > Boundaries > Upper Tier Local Authority)
Retail Area Major (found within Administrative and Statistical Units > Functional Areas > Retail Area Major)
Retail Area Minor (found within Administrative and Statistical Units > Functional Areas > Retail Area Minor)
Building (found within Buildings > Building Features > Building)
Named Area (found within Geographical Names > Named Features > Named Area)
Site (found within Land Use > Land Use Features > Site)
Site Access Location (found within Land Use > Land Use Features > Site Access Location)
Water (found within Water > Water Features > Water)
Selecting a data schema version for a feature type is an optional step; if you don't choose a particular data schema version for a feature type, OS Select+Build will always select the latest available data schema version for you for each feature type by default. We recommend using the pre-selected latest data schema version for feature types unless you have a specific need to use an earlier one. (See the Data schema versioning page for more information on data schema versioning in the OS NGD.)
If you wish to choose which schema version (where applicable) you'd like to receive the data in for a feature type, click on the feature type name within the tree view in the secondary navigation menu, then choose a data schema version from the Choose Data Schema drop-down box in the right-hand side panel.
Once you've selected the 10 suggested feature types, click the Create recipe button to complete the recipe creation process. Your new recipe will now instantly be available in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
You can view a summary of the completed town and city planning recipe, including the required feature types, if you click Data > Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library > *your recipe's name*.
The recipe summary should look like the screenshot below:
OS NGD Address
OS GB Address
OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units
OS Boundaries
OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units
OS Functional Areas
OS NGD Buildings
OS Building Features
OS NGD Geographical Names
OS Named Features
OS NGD Land Use
OS Land Use Features

and
World Geodetic System (WGS84: EPSG: 4326)
The following table outlines the default CRS used by each OS NGD collection in OS Select+Build:
OS Boundaries
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS Building Features
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS Functional Areas
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
When creating a new data package in OS Select+Build, you can choose what CRS you'd like to receive the data in.
If you don't choose a particular CRS for your data package, OS Select+Build will automatically select the default CRSs for the feature types in your data package for you.
The GeoJSON format accessible via OS NGD API – Features is available in four different CRSs:
British National Grid (BNG: EPSG: 27700).
World Geodetic System (WGS84: EPSG: 4326)
British National Grid + ODN Height (EPSG: 7405)
Web Mercator (EPSG: 3857)
The vector tiles format accessible via OS NGD API – Tiles is available in two different CRSs:
British National Grid (BNG: EPSG: 27700)
Web Mercator (EPSG: 3857)
British National Grid (BNG: EPSG: 27700)
The British National Grid (BNG) spatial reference system uses the OSGB36 geodetic datum and a single Modified Transverse Mercator projection for the whole of Great Britain. Positions on this projection are described using easting and northing coordinates in units of metres. The BNG is a horizontal spatial reference system only; it does not include a vertical (height) reference system.
British National Grid + ODN Height (EPSG: 7405)
The BNG with ODN height reference uses the OSGB36 geodetic datum and a modified Transverse Mercator projection for the whole of Great Britain. Positions in this system are described by easting and northing coordinates plus a height value, all in units of metres. Please note, this will only be available for some OS NGD feature types.
European Terrestrial Reference System
(ETRS89: EPSG: 4258)
The European Terrestrial Reference System uses the ETRS89 geodetic reference system which is the EU-recommended frame of reference for European data. Positions on this projection are described using latitude and longitude, and coordinates are provided in degrees. ETRS89 is a horizontal spatial reference system only; it does not specify a vertical (height) reference system.
Please note, this coordinate system is used for the OS Islands Address Collection due to the coverage of this data only being Northern Ireland, Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands. Similarly, this coordinate system is used for the OS NI Postcodes Collection due to the coverage of this data being Northern Ireland.
World Geodetic System (WGS84: EPSG: 4326)
Where OS provides the option to receive data with geometries expressed in latitude and longitude format, they will be transformed into the ETRS89 (European Terrestrial Reference System 1989, EPSG: 4258). Where the option is stated to provide WGS84 (World Geodetic System 1984, EPSG: 4326), the embedded coordinate reference system (CRS) value of 4326 will be provided; however, the data will actually be in ETRS89 (EPSG: 4258).
In practice, the difference will be negligible – that is, significantly smaller than the stated accuracy of the data being transformed. Both OS NGD APIs offer data as Web Mercator (EPSG: 3857), but this will be a projection using the same ETRS89 data, labelled as WGS84, as the base CRS.
The reason OS does this is due to the shifting nature of WGS84, which is adjusted yearly (to account for global tectonic motion) and would therefore require additional date metadata to be a faithful representation of this CRS. ETRS89 is a 'plate fixed' static system that allows for a consistent transformation to be performed. Many software applications / libraries require data to be provided in WGS84 however, so by embedding the WGS84 CRS, we are facilitating these use cases without compromising the positional accuracy of our data.
An in-depth is available from our More Than Maps site.
Ongoing
Major version increment to align with concurrent major version increments made to four feature types in the GB Address and Islands Address Collections: Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object, and Pre-Build Address. (Related components follow the versioning of the addressing feature types they are associated with.) Data type updated for Scheme Version attribute from string to number.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment to align with concurrent major version increments made to four feature types in the GB Address and Islands Address Collections: Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object, and Pre-Build Address. (Related components follow the versioning of the addressing feature types they are associated with.)
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Other Address Related Component.
Please see Data schema versioning for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this related component's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering is available from the Getting started with temporal filtering guide.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this related component, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary key providing a unique row identifier assigned to enable indexing for efficient querying.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date of the feature version to which this related component applies.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using Valuation Office Agency's (VOA’s) Primary Description code and Special Category code, and the AddressBase Classification Scheme. VOA classification schemes are available on the VOA website and OS NGD Address classifications are available on the AddressBase Classification Scheme page of the OS Download Products’ Documentation site.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the AddressBase Classification Scheme page of the OS Download Products’ Documentation site.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 230
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the classification schema.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Version of the classification schema.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 2
Scale: 1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The date on which any attribute of the record was last changed.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
3.0
30 September 2025
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment to align with concurrent major version increments made to four feature types in the GB Address and Islands Address Collections: Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object, and Pre-Build Address. (Related components follow the versioning of the addressing feature types they are associated with.) New attribution added to related component for Effective Start Date and Effective End Date.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Related Entity Related Component.
Please see Data schema versioning for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this related component's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering is available from the Getting started with temporal filtering guide.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this related component, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary key providing a unique row identifier assigned to enable indexing for efficient querying.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date of the feature version to which this related component applies.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the related dataset that the cross reference refers to, for example, VOA Council Tax.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: dataentitycatalogue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 1.0
Identifier of the related data entity or feature type instance that is the target of the reference or link.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Type of relationship which has been formed between the source and target features, for example, 'Within' or 'Same As'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: relationshiptypevalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the originating data provider that defined the reference or link.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which any attribute of the record was last changed.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which this relationship was first added into the database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the relationship ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
3.0
30 September 2025
Ongoing
Major version increment to align with concurrent major version increments made to four feature types in the GB Address and Islands Address Collections: Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object, and Pre-Build Address. (Related components follow the versioning of the addressing feature types they are associated with.)
Modified the associated code list (Data Entity Catalogue Code List) for the Cross Reference Feature attribute.

A high-level summary of data improvements implemented throughout the year for the OS NGD.
We've enhanced roof material attribution for the Building Feature Type (within the OS Building Features Collection) through a targeted manual capture and verification programme to improve the identification and quality of thatched-roof properties across Great Britain.
This update in June 2026 provides customers with more accurate roof material data for applications such as insurance risk assessment, heritage management and retrofit planning.
Improvements are being made to the modelling of basement presence attribution for the Building Feature Type within the OS NGD Buildings Theme to improve the accuracy and consistency of basement representation across Great Britain.
This update by Verisk enhances the underlying modelling approach by incorporating additional data sources and identifying areas where basement counts may have previously been under- or over-represented. The revised model increases overall coverage and reduces inconsistencies in basement features.
As a result of this update, a small number of Building features will receive changes to their Basement Presence attribute value, and a significantly larger volume of Building features will see updates to their Basement Presence Update Date attribute value, where evidence dates for modelled values are recalculated based on the new modelling inputs. As basement presence is modelled for around 97% of buildings, this will result in metadata updates affecting approximately 20 million OS Identifiers (OSIDs).
These changes are scheduled for release in the week commencing 22 June 2026. Customers receiving daily updates may notice a higher than usual volume of change during this period due to the scale of metadata updates.
The was added to the OS NGD in March 2024.
In March 2025, we introduced improvements to the automated method used to identify field boundary data; this update incorporated machine learning techniques to increase the accuracy and consistency of field boundary classification.
As part of our process, the output of all automatically classified field boundary features undergo a quality review. In March 2025, our thematic accuracy assessment showed that 7.7% of field boundary national coverage was classified as requiring improvement. Following the implementation of machine learning, this figure has reduced to 2.1% as of March 2026, raising classification performance and overall data quality.
Supplementary information covering how field boundary data is created, highlights of the attribution available, and the known limitations is available from the of this site. A full list of the attribution provided for Field Boundary features can be found on the page in the Data Structure section.
Improvements were made to the OS NGD during a planned maintenance period in February 2026 to improve the accuracy, consistency, and validation of topographic data, as well as preparing for future product releases.
These improvements included:
A new method has been implemented for populating existing metadata Geometry Capture Method, Description Capture Method, OS Land Cover Capture Method and OS Land Use Capture Method attribution on Building Part, Land, Structure, Rail, Road Track Or Path, Water and Site Feature Types, which impacts the v2.0 and v3.0 schemas where this metadata is present. This may result in some one-off changes for some features in the OS NGD.
The description values of 'Ford' and 'Tidal Ford' were previously applied the wrong way around on Water Point features. This fix ensures that they are assigned correctly.
There was partial data coverage across Great Britain for the and Feature Types between September 2025 (when the two feature types were released into the OS NGD) and March 2026, with iterative increases in coverage released monthly.
Full data coverage for Great Britain for the two feature types was achieved by March 2026.
The data went through thorough testing ahead of initial release in September 2025, followed by additional quality testing ahead of achieving full Great Britain-wide coverage in March 2026.
There was partial data coverage across Great Britain for the and Feature Types between September 2025 (when the two feature types were released into the OS NGD) and March 2026, with iterative increases in coverage released monthly.
Full data coverage for Great Britain for the two feature types was achieved by March 2026.
The data went through thorough testing ahead of initial release in September 2025, followed by additional quality testing ahead of achieving full Great Britain-wide coverage in March 2026.
The following improvements will be implemented into the OS NGD during a planned maintenance period in July 2025.
Improvements on 'Industry And Business' and 'Business Or Industrial Park' Land Use Sites and related attribution on Topographic Areas
As a result, customers will see improvements to over 400 000 ‘Industry and Business’ and ‘Business or Industrial Park’ sites in the OS Land Use Features Collection and their corresponding topographic area feature (Building, Building Part, Land, Structure, and Water Feature Types). These enhancements will be visible in the OS Land Use Tier A attribute.
We have also improved the following OS Land Use Tier A definitions to improve clarity and the accuracy of classifications:
The OS NGD Address Theme provides a complete and definitive view of UK address data. It's designed to underpin a range of analytical use cases and provide the most detailed view of an address and its lifecycle.
The OS NGD Address Theme contains all of the address data found in the OS AddressBase Premium product:
Local authority addresses
Royal Mail postal addresses
Lifecycle data
Addresses for features that are not conventionally addressable (such as warehouses, car parks, etc.)
Multi-lingual addresses
Alternative addresses
However, the OS NGD Address Theme builds on AddressBase Premium data by providing data with up-to-daily currency that is simple to use, understand and interrogate. This makes the data more accessible to non-address experts as it is easy to plug and play it into databases or a GIS (geographic information system).
The OS NGD Address Theme is interoperable with other OS NGD themes through cross-reference information and the UPRN (Unique Property Reference Number) as the key identifier, allowing you to easily combine multiple datasets to answer analytical questions.
Address data is collated from Local Land and Property Gazetteers (LLPG), which are maintained by local authorities in England and Wales, and also from local authorities in Scotland, who maintain the Corporate Address Gazetteer (CAG). These data sources are supplemented by the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF), references to Valuation Office Agency (VOA) data in England and Wales, and additional addresses and coordinates from Ordnance Survey.
In September 2025, we added the Royal Mail Address Feature Type to the two addressing collections; this feature type combines full Royal Mail PAF content with Ordnance Survey’s authoritative geospatial attribution.
Highlights of data schema version 1.0 of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type include:
Full PAF content
Multiple UDPRN (Unique Delivery Point Reference Number) to UPRN matches
OS-derived enhanced attribution and geometry for PAF records
From October 2026, the Royal Mail Address Feature Type includes additional enhancements; the key enhancements unique to data schema version 2.0 of this feature type are:
Full NYB content: 100% inclusion of Royal Mail’s Not Yet Built (NYB) addresses, with UDPRN as the primary key. OS-derived geometry is provided for NYB records.
Full MR content: 100% inclusion of Royal Mail’s Multiple Residence (MR) addresses, provided as a related component, with UMRRN (Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number) as the primary key.
NYB and MR matched to UPRNs: Identifying where Royal Mail's NYB and MR addresses have been associated to a UPRN.
Further enhanced attribution: Additional OS-derived metadata, including Royal Mail Full Address, Country, Primary UPRN Match, Postcode Area, Postcode District and Postcode Sector attribution.
The OS NGD Address Theme is made up of the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections, and each collection is comprised of six feature types: Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object, Pre-Build Address, Royal Mail Address and Street Address.
The OS NGD Address Theme data structure diagram below is applicable to the latest data schema versions of all address feature types (that is, data schema version 3.0 of Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address, data schema version 1.0 of Street Address, and data schema version 2.0 of Royal Mail Address):
The address related components provide supplementary non-geospatial information or context about addresses; full information about them is available from the . (Please see for information on data schema versioning in the OS NGD.)
Data schema version 3.0 onward of the Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address Feature Types in each collection are supported by the following three addressable object related components, which provide supplementary information against each UPRN:
: These provide alternative address labels where they exist for the ‘current’ address represented on a given feature type.
: These provide additional VOA classification information.
At least one of the following four unique identifiers is provided with each feature within the OS NGD Address Theme:
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN): The primary identifier and unique key for this theme. A UPRN is a unique and persistent numeric identifier for every addressable location in Great Britain. Each address record has a UPRN, assigned by local authorities in England, Wales and Scotland or Ordnance Survey depending on the type of address. Throughout its lifecycle, information on the address of a property can change. This may be due to a change of name, change of use, or the eventual demolition of the property. Independent of any changes being made the UPRN associated to an address is never changed, meaning the unique identifier remains persistent and reliable.
Unique Street Reference Number (USRN): A USRN is a unique and persistent identifier for a street which is curated by Local Authority custodians in England, Wales or Scotland.
OSID (Ordnance Survey Identifier): A primary identifier and unique key used in other OS NGD themes. OSIDs are referenced in the OS NGD Address Theme for purposes of cross-refencing to other themes.
Two unique Postcode Address File (PAF) identifiers are provided with Royal Mail Address features within the OS NGD Address Theme:
Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN): A UDPRN is a unique identifier that Royal Mail assigns to identify a specific delivery point (for example, a mailbox or business unit). Each UDPRN is an up to 8-character code that can be used instead of the current address keys on PAF.
🆕 Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number (UMRRN): UMRRN (Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number) for multiple Royal Mail addresses that share a single delivery point. Each UMRRN is an up to 8-character code that can be used instead of the current address keys on PAF.
are available on our site; these guides detail the layers, formats and attribution available for data in the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections.
: Discover how data from the OS NGD Address, Buildings, Land Use and Water Themes provides the trusted foundation water companies need to plan future and current water infrastructure at scale.
: Find out why financial institutions should integrate accurate location data from the OS NGD Address, Buildings, Land Use and Water Themes into their climate risk frameworks.
Step-by-step instructions on how to create new data packages, find and download existing ones, and delete data packages.
Adding a data package to your OS Select+Build recipe allows you to select the area, format, and update frequency to receive for your data.
The following sub-sections on this page cover:
Once you've created a recipe, you'll then need to create a data package against it to receive your OS NGD data.
To create a new OS NGD data package:
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
In your OS NGD Select+Build Recipe Library, scroll or search for the recipe you wish to create a data package against, select that recipe, then click the Add data package button.
Add the following details to your data package under Add a data package in the secondary navigation menu:
Give your data package a name.
Choose the area you want to receive your data for: Either 'All of Britain or Predefined Area' (this means you receive data and it will not be refined by location) or 'Draw a polygon / upload a file / use an OS polygon' (to select a smaller area of interest for your data to be provided for).
Click the Create data package button.
All OS NGD, OS OpenData and OS Premium data packages created and ordered by your organisation will be catalogued in your Data Packages list in the OS Data Hub.
To find and download an existing data package:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > Data packages from the secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your data package list.
Feature types downloaded via OS Select+Build will be supplied with an Order Summary File, a small JSON manifest that provides key metadata about the supplied file. You can use this file to validate the data to ensure the currency, record counts (feature counts), schema version, feature name and coordinate reference system (CRS) match your expected order.
The following file naming convention will be applied to each Order Summary File you receive:
collection_featuretype_orderSummary.json
For example, the file name for the Building Line Feature Type Order Summary File would look like this:
bld_fts_buildingline_orderSummary.json
The example below shows the information an Order Summary File contains:
The following table provides a brief description of each field:
To delete an existing OS NGD data package:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > Data packages from the secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your data package list.
A ceremonial county is an area that has an appointed Lord Lieutenant and High Sheriff and is used for ceremonial purposes in relation to the monarchy. These areas are referred to as ceremonial counties in England, as Scottish lieutenancy areas in Scotland, and as preserved counties in Wales.
Legally, the ceremonial counties are defined by the Lieutenancies Act 1997 as "Counties and areas for the purposes of the lieutenancies in Great Britain" with reference to the areas used for local government.
Ceremonial counties are not updated; therefore, the lifecycle dates will not change.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 29 September 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
Learn more about the OS NGD through our webinars and tutorials. Case studies demonstrate how customers across numerous sectors are already using and benefiting from OS NGD data.
If you are a PSGA Member or OS Partner and you'd like to know more about how to get the most out of the OS NGD, head to the PSGA Members area or the Partner Portal and watch the recordings of our recent webinars, including 'An introduction to the OS NGD' and 'Maximising the benefits of ordering OS NGD data using OS Select+Build'. New webinars are added to both areas periodically.
To help make getting started easier with OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs, we have created the following tutorial videos (available from our YouTube channel) to give you step-by-step guidance:
Additional useful OS NGD data tutorials:
Find out how customers across numerous sectors are using and benefiting from OS NGD data:
: Find out how new data on pedestrian and vehicular access points to key public buildings will help the Emergency Services to enhance their emergency planning and response times and improve their situational awareness.
: Find out how data for number of floors, sites, and bridge interactions will help the Emergency Services.
: Discover how the British Army use OS NGD API – Features for battlefield training.
: Discover how the North Wales Cave Rescue Organisation has used OS NGD data to enable faster responses to underground incidents in North Wales.
: Find out why financial institutions should integrate accurate location data from the OS NGD Address, Buildings, Land Use and Water Themes into their climate risk frameworks.
: Discover how OS NGD Address and Buildings Themes' data can provide mortgage lenders with a clear, consistent view of each property, delivering precise property identification, location, age and physical state of buildings information. OS NGD Land Use Theme data offers comprehensive land classification data that can help assess environmental and planning factors that could impact property value or mortgage risk.
: Find out how the new retail areas data is useful for central government in the creation of policy relating to local neighbourhoods and can be used to show how investment impacts areas with similar characteristics. Discover how local authorities can use this foundational dataset for evidence-gathering and to define patterns of economic activity.
: Discover how can benefit a wide range of sectors, including sustainability and energy, insurance and property, and Emergency Services.
: Discover how to use Building Feature Type data to locate and map solar panels on roofs across Great Britain.
: Discover how cycle lane data support local authorities and central government in promoting Active Travel and public safety.
: Learn how OS NGD street light data can be used to identify safer walking and cycling routes, find areas where street lighting needs improvement, and even highlight potential crime hotspots.
: Learn how OS and the ONS worked together to measure travel times and access to amenities.
: Learn how to determine pavement widths in OS NGD data.
A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a greenspace recipe in OS Select+Build.
The term 'greenspace' is used in urban planning, environmental management and public health policy, and refers to land covered by vegetation or areas of water (also known as 'bluespace'). It's now well recognised that green spaces deliver social, economic and environmental benefits. Consequently, greenspace is a concept used to frame discussion and deliver progress for improving quality of life, mitigating climate change and enhancing biodiversity.
The use cases for greenspace are many and varied, but include:
Evaluating access to nature and recreational areas
Improving air quality
Maintained set of regions to continue supporting statistical analysis. Currently there are no maintained regions for Scotland and Wales.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 29 September 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Find out more about geographic filtering options, order update options, data currency information, and feature counts for certain collections.
To get access to the OS NGD you must first log into the . The OS NGD is accessible via both the .
There are three options within OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service) in relation to the geographic extent of your order. These are:
Great Britain: Receive all data for the whole of Great Britain.
Customer Specified Area: Draw an area of interest (AOI) and only receive the data which intersects this area.
A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a safer routes to schools recipe in OS Select+Build.
The guide below provides a geospatial toolkit for helping you calculate safer routes to schools across Great Britain; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, routing and transport network data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe.
Various powerful OS NGD attribution can be considered when assessing safer routes to school. The feature types included in this recipe guide contain useful attribution on:
Street light presence – More well-lit routes are likely to be safer to walk along.
Presence of pavement – It will be safer if a child can spend a significant portion of their journey walking along a pavement, rather than on a roadside.
The Multiple Residence Component (also known as MR) provides data developed to identify addresses that are delivered to a shared delivery point; this means premises with one front door, or delivery point, that has been subdivided into flats, units or other separate occupancies. Multiple residence data provide a detailed address structure for these properties.
For more information about multiple residence attribution, please consult chapter 18 'Multiple Residence' of the .
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 08 October 2026.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this related component, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Royal Mail's Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number (UMRRN).
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
OS GB Address
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS GB Postcodes
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS Islands Address
European Terrestrial Reference System (EPSG: 4258)
OS Named Features
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS Land Features
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS Land Use Features
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS NI Postcodes
European Terrestrial Reference System (ETRS89: EPSG: 4258)
OS Structure Features
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS Routing and Asset Management Information (RAMI)
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700) for all feature types, except the Average And Indicative Speed Feature Type which is British National Grid + ODN Height (EPSG: 7405)
OS Transport Features
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS Transport Network
British National Grid + ODN Height (EPSG: 7405) for most feature types in the collection; British National Grid (EPSG: 27700) for the Ferry Terminal, Path, Road, Road Junction, Street and Pavement Link Feature Types
OS Water Features
British National Grid (EPSG: 27700)
OS Water Network
British National Grid + ODN Height (EPSG: 7405) for the Water Link and Water Node Feature Types; British National Grid (EPSG: 27700) for the Water Link Set Feature Type
The WGS84 spatial reference system uses the WGS84 geodetic datum. Positions on this projection are described as latitude and longitude, and coordinates are provided in decimal degrees. There will also be an option to receive this reference system via CRS 84, meaning the coordinates will be provided as longitude / latitude rather than latitude / longitude.
Web Mercator (EPSG: 3857)
Web Mercator is not a recognised geodetic system, but it is used for many visualisation and web mapping use cases. It uses the WGS84 geodetic datum, and positions on this projection are described as easting and northing, all in units of metres.
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0




Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: changetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: themevalue
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: regiondescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: boundarytypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
North Yorkshire Fire & Rescue Service case study: Find out how North Yorkshire Fire & Rescue Service used OS Select+Build to reduce data analysis timeframes.
Supporting planning and new housing developments: Discover how OS NGD data can support better planning and future modelling for new housing developments.
Office for National Statistics case study: Learn how ONS is using OS NGD data to provide up-to-date estimates of the value that green and blue spaces add to house prices.
Land management, agriculture and telecoms: Learn how the OS NGD Land, Buildings, Land Use, Structures, Transport and Water Themes are providing authoritative, innovative and trusted data to support agriculture, land management and telecoms.
More efficient, cost-effective land management: Find out how Crown Estate Scotland are using OS NGD data to conduct more efficient, cost-effective land management.
More efficient land management: Learn how Torfaen County Borough Council is using OS NGD data to more efficiently maintain the areas of land it covers.
Greater Manchester Ecology Unit case study: Learn how the OS NGD is supporting nature conservation in Greater Manchester and saving ecologists lots of time.
Supporting environmental monitoring and regulation: Discover how tidal boundary data can support coastal erosion and flooding modelling, flood risk monitoring and climate change assessments.
Identifying and mapping areas most vulnerable to climate-related flooding events: Learn how OS NGD Transport Theme data was combined with the latest Environment Agency flood data to map the commuter corridors, economic routes and access points most vulnerable to river and sea flooding.
Supporting the water industry in locating new reservoirs: Discover how data from the OS NGD Address, Buildings, Land Use and Water Themes provides the trusted foundation water companies need to plan future and current water infrastructure at scale.
Scottish Canal's case study: Find out how Scottish Canals used the OS NGD to help them managing and maintain Scotland’s historic 141-mile canal network.
Speed data case study: Find out more about how the OS NGD speed datasets make it easier to analyse travel times, enhance routing analytics and provide accurate insight for safety and infrastructure policy decisions.
Numerous OS NGD tutorials and demonstrators are available on our 'More than Maps' site (a self-serve learning hub that acts as a one-stop shop for all your OS technical geospatial support needs, offering interactive demonstrators, step-by-step tutorials, and case studies). These tutorials and demonstrators introduce the OS NGD data themes, collections and feature types and show you what can be achieved using OS NGD data and how. New tutorials and demonstrators are added to the More than Maps site periodically.
The same tutorials and demonstrators are available to PSGA (Public Sector Geospatial Agreement) Members and OS Partners from the PSGA Members area and the Partner Portal, respectively (just search for 'Lightning Talks').
Commercial Activity: Industrial Or Manufacturing – Locations where raw materials are extracted or processed, or where component parts are made into finished items. This classification typically only applied to larger sites > 1ha in extent.
Commercial Activity: Other – Locations where commercial activities occur, where a more detailed classification has not been determined or are not otherwise categorised.
This was caused by our original background mappings which classified a commercial site as Industrial or Manufacturing by default when no further detail was available. This misleadingly resulted in retail areas or offices displaying as places where raw materials are extracted and processed where we do not currently have a data source. This will be a target area for future improvements.
Improvements to show the full lifecycle of a building in a single theme – OS NGD Buildings Theme
In preparation for the OS NGD product release in September 2025, we will be making some background changes to the OS NGD Buildings Theme. Approximately 39 000 features representing under-construction buildings – currently classified under the OS Land Features Collection – will be reclassified into the OS Building Features Collection. This transition will begin in June 2025, with the data initially appearing in the Building Part Feature Type. In the September 2025 OS NGD product release, the same data will also be available in the corresponding Building Feature Type.
These changes will enable a more complete view of the building lifecycle – from construction through to dereliction – within a single collection, ultimately delivering more valuable insights to our customers.
Improved depiction of inland water polygons no longer splitting inland water polygons with Topographic Lines
To improve customers’ ability to query and report using OS data, we will no longer be splitting inland water polygons where Topographic Lines for Ferry Alignments cross water polygons. As a result, Ferry Alignments will show as Minor Topographic Lines in both OS MasterMap Topography Layer and OS NGD themes, where Water polygon features formerly split by a ferry will merge into more logical single features.
Improved coverage of OS Land Use Tier B attribution on Solar Panels
Over 27 000 ‘Solar Panels on Bare Earth Or Grass’ within the OS NGD Structures Theme will have an OS Land Use Tier B of ‘Energy Generation’ added where they currently are null to improve accuracy of reporting for renewables.
Improvements to ‘Status’ of Roofed Castle Wall in OS NGD Building Part Feature Type
Currently 27 Roofed Castle Wall features are incorrectly listed with a Status of ‘Derelict’ in our Building Part Feature Type data. These are being updated to have a Status of ‘Unknown’ as there is no available information to confirm whether the features are in such disrepair that they can no longer serve their original purpose.
Improved consistency of intertidal classifications on features in the OS NGD Land and OS NGD Water Themes
As part of our background work to improve the data quality of features within the intertidal zone, 23 features currently attributed as ‘Inter Tidal + Reeds’ located in the OS NGD Water Theme will be reclassified and published in the OS NGD Land Theme as ‘Saltmarsh’ features with Is Tidal attribute = true in the product reflecting their correct environmental context.
Improved consistency of Weirs in the OS NGD Structures Theme
To enhance the customer experience, we have revised mappings to consolidate almost all ‘weir’ and ‘roofed weir’ features into the OS NGD Structures Theme. Weirs that do not make up the tidal extent will now be published as Structures in all cases. Those that are necessary for tidal boundaries will remain in the OS NGD Water Theme. As a result, approximately 8 000 new features will be added to the Structure Line Feature Type, which sits within the OS Structure Features Collection of the OS NGD Structures Theme. The Change Type attribute will therefore show as ‘Moved From A Different Feature Type.’
Knowing the location of weirs is useful for flood planning, monitoring freshwater ecosystems and environmental modelling.
Please note, there are 53 roofed weirs which have not moved to the OS NGD Structures Theme as part of this data improvement, and these will remain in the OS NGD Buildings Theme.
Improved consistency of Slipways in the OS NGD Land Theme
Previously, slipways were categorised into two separate themes within the OS NGD product. Slipways below the tidal extent were classified as Structures, while those above the tide line were classified as Land. To enhance the customer experience, we have revised the mappings to consolidate all slipway features previously in the OS NGD Structures Theme into the OS NGD Land Theme, with the Is Tidal attribute set to 'true'. In addition, to better the customer experience, this change also allows for easier implementation of lifecycle for the OS ESG (Slipways) product. As a result, approximately 3 800 weir features will be added to the Land Feature Type, and will be removed from the Structure Feature Type.
Improvements to ‘Grandstands’ in the Building and Building Part Feature Types
As part of ongoing improvements to the OS NGD, approximately 60 features currently in the OS Structure Features Collection with a classification of 'Grandstand' will move to the OS Building Features Collection, where they will have other descriptions such as ‘Stand’ to improve consistency and accuracy of capture of Building Access Locations.
We are pleased to share a recent enhancement which improves how administrative boundary changes are reflected in the OS NGD ‘Features’ Collections.
We have enhanced the assignment and maintenance of Government Statistical Service (GSS) codes, which are used to accurately identify a wide range of UK geographical areas for statistical and administrative purposes. This improvement increases the precision and reliability of boundary representation within our datasets.
The feature types affected are:
Building Part v2.0
Land v3.0
Road Track Or Path v3.0
Structures v3.0
Water v3.0
This improvement will be incorporated in the June 2025 OS NGD 'Features' Collections daily updates from 13/06/2025. As a result of this improvement work, customers receiving daily updates may receive larger than usual Change-Only Updates (COUs) and customers taking monthly supplies may receive larger than usual COUs in their July 2025 data package.
We anticipate similar levels of change in October 2025 and May 2026, aligned with updates to the OS Boundaries Collection, as we continue to deliver the most up-to-date data possible.
As a result of work in collaboration with Verisk, there will be improvements made in June 2025 to the Basement Presence, Construction Material and Building Age attribution in the . This work has involved improving the processing of energy performance certificate (EPC) data to increase accuracy; changes in some capture type and confidence levels in OS NGD data may be seen.
As a result of this improvement work, customers may receive larger than usual Change-Only Updates (COUs) if they take a daily supply of Building Feature Type data schema versions 2.0, 3.0 and 4.0 throughout June 2025 as the data flows through. Customers taking their supply monthly of this feature type may receive larger than usual COUs in their July 2025 data package. No action is required by customers.
If you have any questions, please get in touch.
At Ordnance Survey, we are modernising our data creation platforms. This includes the creation of additional height data for our building and structures datasets. A recent key improvement we've made as part of these efforts was to improve the accuracy and granularity of the height evidence date attribute, which details the date of capture for the imagery used to derive the height data.
Previously, height metadata was derived from large imagery flight blocks (exceeding 500km²), which sometimes required several flights over multiple days. This occasionally resulted in buildings and structures being assigned an imagery date different from the actual capture date.
Our new system allows the population of imagery date metadata to a more granular level, using the appropriate flight block. This ensures there is only one imagery date per building or structure feature, giving a more accurate representation of height evidence date for a specific feature. As a result, from 10 May 2025, some customers using Change-Only Updates (COUs) may notice that a small number of height evidence dates have changed to slightly older dates as we move to the new system. This change reflects more accurate data, not incorrect data.
This impacts some features in the following data schema versions:
Structure Feature Type v1.0, v2.0 and v3.0
Building Part Feature Type v1.0 and v2.0
Building Feature Type v4.0
Some customers may also see a larger than usual supply of COU if taking a daily supply of the above data schema versions as change begins to flow into the data from the start of our flying season, where data is captured using aerial imagery during the National Cyclic Revision (NCR) programme.
The .xlsx file below contains a complete list of features across all feature types that have a revised height evidence date that's earlier than previously stated.
Please see for more information about versioning in the OS NGD.
The OS Data Products Roadmap is available to view on Aha! It outlines our focus areas for enhancements and new releases for the OS NGD and our Download products (Premium and OpenData products) over the next two years. Planned improvements to existing OS NGD data are also called out on the OS Data Products Roadmap and will appear on this page when they have been completed.
The new data enhancements for the OS NGD are expected to continue to launch twice a year in spring and autumn. Access enhancements related to the OS NGD are not tied to spring and autumn new data enhancement releases and can occur throughout the year.
Recently delivered data and access enhancements to the OS NGD are listed on the What's New page.
🆕 Data schema version 2.0 onward of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type in each collection is supported by the following three Royal Mail related components, which provide supplementary information against each UDPRN:
Multiple Residence: These provide data developed to identify addresses that are delivered to a shared delivery point; this means premises with one front door, or delivery point, that has been subdivided into flats, units or other separate occupancies. Multiple residence data provide a detailed address structure for these properties.
Delivery Point Alias: These provide alias data related to a delivery point address, sourcing data from Royal Mail's Delivery Point Alias (DPA) table. DPA information provides additional Delivery Point Information, including Trading Names and Building Name details where a Building Number is the official building identifier.
: These provide alternate names for counties, localities and thoroughfares.
Data schema version 1.0 of the Street Address Feature Type is not supported by any related components.
TOID (Topographic Identifier): An additional secondary identifier which can aid further data linking. TOIDs are an optional attribute and therefore will not always be provided with every feature.
Please note that the OS NGD Address Theme is only available via OS Select+Build (the bespoke OS NGD data download service) and is not available via OS NGD API – Features or OS NGD API – Tiles. You can access OS Select+Build through the OS Data Hub.


Select a file format: CSV or GeoPackage.
Select the updates you want: Either not required or COU (Change-Only Update) frequency. There is also an option to select a one-off snapshot of a current or past date.
Set your initial supply date.
Scroll through the list to find a particular data package or use the search bar to search by data package name, data package number, or product name.
Data packages linked to an OS NGD recipe can be identified by their prefix of 'OS NGD Recipe' against the recipe name in the Product column in the Data packages list.
Once you have found the data package you want from the list, click the Download button in the Status column.
You are now within the Data package summary screen, where you can view and download files. Under 'Individual file downloads' in the bottom left-hand side of your screen, you will see a .zip file for every feature type in your data package order. Click on a file to download it.
The start date of coverage for this supply.
Validate the currency of your data to ensure the earliest date aligns with the expected supply window for your order frequency.
validToDate
The end date of coverage for this supply.
Validate the currency of your data to ensure the latest date aligns with the expected supply window for your order frequency.
recordCount
The total number of records delivered in the file.
Check that delivered entries match the number of records expected for your download.
Scroll through the list to find a particular data package or use the search bar to search by data package name, data package number, or product name.
Data packages linked to an OS NGD recipe can be identified by their prefix of 'OS NGD Recipe' against the recipe name in the Product column in the Data packages list.
Click the Package options dropdown in the top right-hand side of your screen.
Click Delete package.
A warning pop up will appear.
Click the Delete package button in the pop up.
{
"featureName": "bld-fts-buildingline",
"crs": "http://www.opengis.net/def/crs/EPSG/0/27700",
"schemaVersion": "1.0",
"validFromDate": null,
"validToDate": "2023-03-01",
"recordCount": 202653
}featureName
The feature type delivered in this order.
Validate the downloaded feature against your recipe.
crs
The coordinate reference system used for your supply.
Validate the coordinate reference system against the CRS selected for your recipe.
schemaVersion
The OS NGD data schema version provided for the feature.
Coordinate data schema updates with changes to your data.
Creating data packages
Finding and downloading existing data packages
Deleting data packages
Viewing Order Summary files
Best practice when selecting an area of interest (AOI) for your data package is to:
Keep it simple: Minimise the number of vertices and avoid complex shapes.
Iterate: If you are uncertain of how much data you require, take a larger bounding box and reduce the area as you identify your requirements. The smaller the dataset, the easier it is to manipulate.
Add a Buffer zone: This gives you confidence that you have captured everything you require and includes marginal information that may affect decision-making.





validFromDate
Improving public health
Managing flood risk
Evaluating climate change resilience
Modelling urban heat islands
Infrastructure planning
Managing assets
Improving public safety
Calculating deprivation indexes
Property development
The guide below provides a geospatial toolkit for helping you understand green spaces across Great Britain; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of topographic data from the OS NGD and weave them into a greenspace recipe. The suggested recipe will help support research, management, planning, auditing and policy for the greenspace use cases outlined above.
Applying filters (see step 8) in OS Select+Build to the four OS NGD feature types at the recipe creation (or recipe editing) stage lets you exclude features that are not relevant to greenspace use cases (for example, manmade surface).
You can adapt the suggested greenspace recipe at the recipe creation or editing stage so that it fully meets your needs.
OS NGD data provides full greenspace coverage for Great Britain. As can be seen in the map below, the density of green spaces varies by area, with fewer green spaces in urban areas.
You might currently be using the OS MasterMap Greenspace Layer product to get a detailed dataset of the green spaces present within urban areas in Great Britain. This product will reach its End of Life and be withdrawn on 31 March 2027. More information about the product's withdrawal is available from the End of Life Notice – OS MasterMap Greenspace Layer page.
While there's no like-for-like replacement download product for OS MasterMap Greenspace Layer, you can get equivalent greenspace data from the OS NGD by either:
Creating a recipe in OS Select+Build if you'd like a data download; the guide on this page provides step-by-step instructions on how to create this recipe.
Using OS NGD API – Features; the Accessing greenspace data using OS NGD API – Features guide outlines how to connect to OS NGD API – Features, filter data, then load it into QGIS or ArcGIS Pro.
A detailed comparison of OS MasterMap Greenspace Layer and the OS NGD, including improvements offered by the latter, is available on the Comparison of OS MasterMap Greenspace Layer and OS NGD page.
The information supplied in the single feature type in OS MasterMap Greenspace Layer is provided by four corresponding feature types across three collections within the OS NGD:
OS NGD Land
OS Land Features
OS NGD Transport
OS Transport Features
OS NGD Transport
OS Transport Features
To create the greenspace recipe in OS Select+Build:
Click the Create a new recipe button at the top right-hand-side of the screen.
Give your recipe a descriptive name in the Recipe name dialog box on the left-hand-side of the screen.
Add a detailed description for your recipe (this is optional, but it's useful if other team members will be accessing the recipe).
Select your OS NGD data by choosing the themes, collections and feature types you want to include in your recipe. You'll need to select the following four feature types from the Themes panel on the left-hand-side of the screen:
Land (found within Land > Land Features > Land)
Rail (found within Transport > Transport Features > Rail)
Selecting a data schema version for a feature type is an optional step; if you don't choose a particular data schema version for a feature type, OS Select+Build will always select the latest available data schema version for you for each feature type by default. We recommend using the pre-selected latest data schema version for feature types unless you have a specific need to use an earlier one. (See the for more information on data schema versioning in the OS NGD.)
If you wish to choose which schema version (where applicable) you'd like to receive the data in for a feature type, click on the feature type name within the tree view in the secondary navigation menu, then choose a data schema version from the Choose Data Schema drop-down box in the right-hand side panel.
To select only the required natural features, click on the filter icon next to the name of the feature type you want to add a filter to in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filters. To add a filter, click on +Add rule, then choose the appropriate options from the drop-down menus.
Please refer to the table below to apply the correct the filter settings to the four feature types, taking care to select the correct operator:
Once you have applied filters to the four feature types, click the Create recipe button to complete the recipe creation process. Your new recipe will now instantly be available in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
You can view a summary of the completed greenspace recipe, including the required feature types and filters, if you click Data > Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library > *your recipe's name* > View all filters.
The recipe summary should look like the screenshot below:
More information on creating, editing and deleting recipes in OS Select+Build and on adding attribute filters to recipes can be found in the following guides:
Once you've created your recipe, you'll need to add a data package to receive the data. Data packages allow you to select the format, update frequency and area of interest for the required data.
The following guide will help you to create a data package from your new recipe:
You can also use OS NGD API – Features to access OS NGD greenspace data; this is a good alternative to creating a recipe in OS Select+Build and ordering data.
The following guide outlines how to connect to OS NGD API – Features, filter data, then load it into QGIS or ArcGIS Pro.
Pre-defined Area: Select a pre-defined area, and only receive the data which intersects this area.
When accessing the OS NGD, the following order update options will be available:
One Off Full Supply
Regular Full Supply
Change-Only Update (COU; after an initial Full Supply)
No Update
The following frequencies will be available dependent on the type of order you place:
Daily Supply: This will provide you with the latest updates OS have loaded and verified for publication since the previous day as a COU file.
Monthly Supply: Either a Full Supply or COU Supply of all the changes which have occurred in the previous month.
Annual Supply: A Full Supply of the data to show how the data looked at the end of each year.
Further details about the options available to you can be found further down on this page.
If you choose to receive a COU supply for your CSV data, this can be provided on either a daily or monthly frequency. In both cases, your COU file will contain any changes which have been made to the underlying data within the selected time frequency. If no changes have been made to a selected feature type of your choice, then you will receive a blank COU file.
If you use OS Select+Build to access the OS NGD, then a separate download file will be provided for each feature type you order. For example, if your selected theme has two feature types you will be supplied with two separate files (CSV or GeoPackage) as part of your order.
The following tables summarise the different options available to you dependent on what you specify when ordering your data through OS Select+Build.
For the purposes of the tables below, the following definitions are being used:
Unfiltered means a Great Britain supply with no further attribute filters applied.
Filtered means an order for data which either has a geographic filter applied or an attribute filter applied.
Daily (filtered / unfiltered)
N/A
Monthly (filtered / unfiltered)
Monthly Full Supply
Annual (filtered / unfiltered)
Annual Full Resupply with data from 01 January
Daily (filtered)
N/A
Daily (unfiltered)
Daily COU
Monthly (filtered)
Monthly Full Supply
Monthly (unfiltered)
Feature types downloaded via OS Select+Build will be supplied with an Order Summary File, a small JSON manifest that provides key metadata about the supplied file. You can use this file to validate the data to ensure the currency, record counts (feature counts), schema version, feature name and coordinate reference system (CRS) match your expected order.
The following file naming convention will be applied to each Order Summary File you receive:
collection_featuretype_orderSummary.json
For example, the file name for the Building Line Feature Type Order Summary File would look like this:
bld_fts_buildingline_orderSummary.json
The example below shows the information an Order Summary File contains:
The following table provides a brief description of each field:
featureName
The feature type delivered in this order.
Validate the downloaded feature against your recipe.
crs
The coordinate reference system used for your supply.
Validate the coordinate reference system against the CRS selected for your recipe.
schemaVersion
The OS NGD data schema version provided for the feature.
Coordinate data schema updates with changes to your data.
Whether accessing OS NGD data through OS Select+Build or OS NGD API – Features, the following currency of the data will apply:
OS NGD Address
OS GB Address (*N.B. Not available in OS NGD API – Features)
Daily
OS Islands Address (*N.B. Not available in OS NGD API – Features)
Daily
For collections that are not updated daily, the table below provides the date of the last update; it also shows the version of the OS MasterMap product to which the OS NGD data corresponds, if applicable:
OS Boundaries
01 October 2026
Boundary-Line –
October 2026 publication
OS Functional Areas
01 October 2026
N/A
OS GB Postcodes
When accessing OS NGD data through OS NGD API – Tiles, the data currency is weekly for the basemap and variable for the four data overlays – please see the 'What data is available' (for OS NGD API – Tiles) page for more information on update frequency, available feature types and available attribution for this API.
{
"featureName": "bld-fts-buildingline",
"crs": "http://www.opengis.net/def/crs/EPSG/0/27700",
"schemaVersion": "1.0",
"validFromDate": null,
"validToDate": "2023-03-01",
"recordCount": 202653
}Exceptions to the geographic filtering bullets above include:
The OS Islands Address Collection – This collection contains data for Northern Ireland, the Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands, and it will be provided as a full supply of data independent of any geographic filtering applied to your OS NGD recipe.
The OS NI Postcodes Collection – This collection contains data for Northern Ireland and it will be provided as a full supply of data independent of any geographic filtering applied to your OS NGD recipe.
Monthly orders provide data for the first of the month. For example, if you ordered a Monthly Supply on 20 September 2025, you would receive the data as it was on 01 September 2025.
If you select an Annual Full Supply frequency for your OS NGD data order in OS Select+Build, we will provide you with the data as it was on 01 January of the current year. This means if a new feature type or a new data schema version of an existing feature type was released after 01 January and you order either of these as part of your Annual Full Supply, you will receive an empty data package for the newly released feature type / new data schema version of an existing feature type. The data for the new feature type / new data schema version of an existing feature type will then be included in your supply on the next 01 January after the release.
20mph zones – It will be safer for a child to walk along roads with lower speed limits, and these roads are more likely to have traffic calming measures in place which will also make walking along pavements safer for pedestrians.
Applying filters (see steps 8 and 9 below) in OS Select+Build to two of the feature types at the recipe creation (or recipe editing) stage lets you focus on residential and education addresses and exclude motorways and dual carriageways from the data.
You can adapt the suggested safer routes to schools recipe at the recipe creation or editing stage so that it fully meets your needs. The filters chosen for this recipe are a suggestion and you can amend them depending on your requirements for safe routes.
The following five feature types are included in the safer routes to schools recipe:
OS NGD Address
OS GB Address
OS NGD Transport
OS Routing And Asset Management Information (RAMI)
OS NGD Transport
OS Transport Network
To create the safer routes to schools recipe in OS Select+Build:
Click the Create a new recipe button at the top right-hand-side of the screen.
Give your recipe a descriptive name in the Recipe name dialog box on the left-hand-side of the screen.
Add a detailed description for your recipe (this is optional, but it's useful if other team members will be accessing the recipe).
Select your OS NGD data by choosing the themes, collections and feature types you want to include in your recipe. You'll need to select the following five feature types from the Themes panel on the left-hand-side of the screen:
Built Address (found within Address > GB Address > Built Address)
Average And Indicative Speed (found within Transport > RAMI > Average And Indicative Speed)
Selecting a data schema version for a feature type is an optional step; if you don't choose a particular data schema version for a feature type, OS Select+Build will always select the latest available data schema version for you for each feature type by default. We recommend using the pre-selected latest data schema version for feature types unless you have a specific need to use an earlier one. (See the for more information on data schema versioning in the OS NGD.)
If you wish to choose which schema version (where applicable) you'd like to receive the data in for a feature type, click on the feature type name within the tree view in the secondary navigation menu, then choose a data schema version from the Choose Data Schema drop-down box in the right-hand side panel.
To add a filter to the Built Address Feature Type:
Click on the filter icon to the right of Built Address in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filter.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel:
Click the + Add rule button, then select primaryClassificationDescription
To add a filter to the Road Link Feature Type:
Click on the filter icon to the right of Road Link in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filter.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel:
Click the + Add rule button, then select description
Once you have applied filters to the Built Address and Road Link Feature Types, click the Create recipe button to complete the recipe creation process. Your new recipe will now instantly be available in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
You can view a summary of the completed safer routes to schools recipe, including the required feature types and filters, if you click Data > Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library > *your recipe's name* > View all filters.
The recipe summary should look like the screenshot below:
More information on creating, editing and deleting recipes in OS Select+Build and on adding attribute filters to recipes can be found in the following guides:
Once you've created your recipe, you'll need to add a data package to receive the data. Data packages allow you to select the format, update frequency and area of interest for the required data.
The following guide will help you to create a data package from your new recipe:
Once you've created your recipe and added a data package to it to receive the data, you can import the data into your chosen GIS (geographic information system) to analyse it or create maps.
The following guide will help you to create a map in QGIS:
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) to which a Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number (UMRRN) has been matched.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) assigned by Royal Mail as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Date of the feature version to which this related component applies. This is used along with the Feature Type ID attribute to join the component to the Royal Mail Address Feature Type.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The name of the organisation operating from the Multiple Residence address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
For some organisations, department name is indicated because mail is received by subdivisions of the main organisation at distinct delivery points.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The sub building name and / or number are identifiers for subdivisions of properties.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The building name is a description applied to a single building or a small group of buildings, such as HIGHFIELD HOUSE. This also includes those building numbers that contain non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the building name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The building number is a number given to a single building or a small group of buildings, thus identifying it from its neighbours, for example, 44. Building numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Building Name or the Sub Building Name fields.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 4
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
In certain places, for example, town centres, there are named thoroughfares within other named thoroughfares, for example, parades of shops on a high street where different parades have their own identity. For example, KINGS PARADE, HIGH STREET and QUEENS PARADE, HIGH STREET.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
A thoroughfare is a road, track or named access route on which there are Royal Mail delivery points, for example, HIGH STREET.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
This is used to distinguish between similar thoroughfares or the same thoroughfare within a dependent locality. For example, Millbrook Industrial Estate and Cranford Estate in this situation: BRUNEL WAY, MILLBROOK INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON and BRUNEL WAY, CRANFORD ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Dependent locality areas define an area within a post town. These are only necessary for postal purposes and are used to aid differentiation where there are thoroughfares of the same name in the same locality. For example, High Street in Shirley and Swaythling in this situation: HIGH STREET, SHIRLEY, SOUTHAMPTON and HIGH STREET, SWAYTHLING, SOUTHAMPTON.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The town or city in which the Royal Mail sorting office is located which services this record. There may be more than one, possibly several, sorting offices in a town or city.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Describes the address as a small or large user as defined by Royal Mail.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: postcodetypevalue
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
A two-character code uniquely identifying an individual delivery point within a postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Customers taking data schema version 2.0 onward of the Royal Mail Address Feature Types in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Royal Mail Address
Related components: Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias
However, the three related components (Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias) will only be provided for Royal Mail Address features if the Description attribute is 'Postcode Address File'. Against all other Royal Mail Address features, the related components will be populated as null.
Please note that the Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias Related Component tables are included in product design for future compatibility but are not currently populated; customers should expect these files to be empty until a future data enhancement enables OS to supply the Royal Mail alias data. Please see the for more information.








A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a recipe in OS Select+Build to identify higher-risk buildings.
The guide below provides a geospatial toolkit that will help you use OS NGD data to identify if a building in occupation in Great Britain is classified as higher-risk by the Building Safety Act 2022 and the Higher-Risk Buildings (Descriptions and Supplementary Provisions) Regulations 2023.
The criteria used to identify higher-risk buildings within this recipe guide have been drawn from official Government guidance – please see 'criteria for determining whether a building is a higher-risk building during the occupation phase of the new higher-risk regime' from the Gov.uk website for full details.
The key criteria are:
Minimum of 2 residential units
Minimum of 7 storeys or minimum height of 18m
The following exemptions apply:
Where a building meets the above criteria but is comprised entirely of one or more of the following categories, it's exempt from classification as a higher-risk building:
Care homes
Hospitals
Secure residential institutions
The following two feature types are included in the identifying higher-risk buildings recipe:
You can adapt the suggested identifying higher-risk buildings recipe at the recipe creation or editing stage so that it fully meets your needs.
Applying filters (see steps 8 and 9 below) in OS Select+Build to both feature types at the recipe creation (or recipe editing) stage lets you target the right types of residential and commercial addresses, buildings over a certain height, and buildings with over a certain number of floors. Filtering will also reduce the number of features being downloaded.
You can skip the filtering steps (8 and 9) at the recipe creation stage, download all features for the two feature types, then subsequently filter the data later in your chosen geographic information system (GIS) or relational database management system (RDBMS).
To create the identifying higher-risk buildings recipe in OS Select+Build:
Click Log in on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left-hand-side secondary navigation menu.
More information on creating, editing and deleting recipes in OS Select+Build and on adding attribute filters to recipes can be found in the following guides:
Once you've created your recipe, you'll need to add a data package to receive the data. Data packages allow you to select the format, update frequency and area of interest for the required data.
The following guide will help you to create a data package from your new recipe:
Once you've created your recipe and added a data package to it to receive the data, you can import the data into your chosen GIS to analyse it or create maps.
The following guides will help you to create maps to identify higher-risk buildings in ArcGIS Pro and QGIS:
Step-by-step instructions on how to add attribute filters to recipes in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
Attribute filtering is a new concept which we have introduced as part of OS Select+Build. The filters can help you to narrow down the exact data you need from the OS NGD. If required, you can add attribute filters to individual feature types when you create a new bespoke recipe of OS NGD data using OS Select+Build. The managing OS Select+Build recipes page has step-by-step instructions on how to create a new recipe. You can also add, edit or remove attribute filters to / in / from feature types in an existing recipe of OS NGD data.
Attribute filtering is an optional step for those with advanced OS data knowledge.
The following sub-sections cover:
To add attribute filters to a new recipe:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
Click the Create a new recipe button, adding the relevant details to your recipe.
See the for more information on creating recipes.
Click the filter icon next to the feature type(s) you want to add a filter to in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right and you can begin to build your filter(s):
For a , select +Add rule.
For a more complex , select +Add group.
Click the Create recipe button. Your new recipe with filters will now instantly be available in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
To add attribute filters to an existing recipe:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
In the following worked example of creating a simple filter, we will use the OS NGD Buildings Theme and select the Building Part Feature Type from the OS Building Features Collection. Our aim is to build a filter to select buildings where education is recorded as the land use.
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
What if, in addition to the simple filter above (returning results for buildings with a land use of education), we want those results to show only buildings over 15metres in height? What if you also wanted to add an additional filter to show buildings with a land use of rail? To achieve this, you could create a nested filter using the + Add group option.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel, click + Add group, then select OSLandUseTierA from the first drop-down.
Leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Education from the third drop-down.
To check what filters have been applied to feature types in an existing recipe:
Click Login on the OS Data Hub menu bar to log into your account.
Select Data from the menu bar to view your workspace.
Choose Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library from the left hand side secondary navigation menu. You will then be taken to your organisation's OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
This feature type has been created to provide greater alignment between OS data and Office for National Statistics (ONS) data and to support a wider range of analysis. Welsh and Scottish Unitary Authorities will have alternative name and language values.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 29 September 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
A boolean value indicating whether the feature is part of a Borough or not
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The exit of the United Kingdom from the European Union on 01 January 2021 resulted in the repeal of the European Regions as active electoral areas. For the purposes of Boundary Review, the original European Regions in England have been retained as nine English Regions, preserved as of 01 April 2021.
Historic European Regions are not updated; therefore, the lifecycle dates will not change.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The Scottish Parliament electoral region is a grouping of Scottish Parliament constituencies. The Welsh Parliament electoral region is a grouping of Welsh Parliament constituencies.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 29 September 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
This section contains pages covering new data and access enhancements released for the OS NGD, planned future enhancements on our roadmap, recent data improvements and the change log.
The Autumn 2026 data enhancements releases for the OS NGD are now live. To find out more information about what these data enhancements include, please see the .
The fifth OS recommended recipe guide has published on the site:
: The guide provides a geospatial toolkit to help you identify the level of access to natural areas from existing addresses, both residential and commercial; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, administrative and statistical units, buildings, geographical names, land use and water data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe. The suggested recipe will be useful for town and city planners who want to assess access to natural areas from existing commercial and residential addresses, and provide evidence to help inform compliance with Natural England's Green Infrastructure Framework.
The fourth OS recommended recipe guide has published on the site:
🔃 Regional authorities, also known as strategic or combined authorities, are regional bodies formed by two or more local authorities to manage devolved powers (for example, coordinating regional transport, economic growth and strategic planning policies).
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
This page lists known current live data issues in relation to the OS National Geographic Database (NGD) themes, collections and feature types.
As and when we resolve a known data issue, we will move it to the page. To report an issue that's not currently listed on these pages, please use the .
The generic data issue in the table below impacts multiple OS NGD themes:
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
1.1
28 July 2025
Ongoing
Minor version increment that removes the query and download filters from the Description attribute as this attribute supports only a single value.
1.0
29 September 2022
27 July 2025
Initial launch of the Historic European Region Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
COU Supplies are not available for AOIs, monthly Full Supplies are available for AOIs.
For example, the March 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release contained six new feature types (Retail Area Aggregated, Retail Area Major, Retail Area Minor, Postcode Unit Point, Postcode Unit Point, and Postcode Unit Area) and one new data schema version for an existing feature type (Compound Structure v3.0). As per the bullet above, the data for the new feature types and the new data schema version for the existing feature type will not be part of Annual Full Supply orders until 01 January 2027.
For example, the October 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release contained five new data schema versions for existing feature types: Regional Authority v2.0, Royal Mail Address v1.1 and v2.0 (OS GB Address Collection), and Royal Mail Address v1.1 and v2.0 (OS Islands Address Collection). The new data schema versions for the existing feature types will not be part of Annual Full Supply orders until 01 January 2027.
The Tidal Boundary Continuous High, Tidal Boundary Continuous Low, River Basin District Catchment and Waterbody Catchment Feature Types (of the OS Water Features Collection) are not available via OS NGD API – Features, but they are available via OS Select+Build and OS NGD API – Tiles.
Monthly COU or Monthly Full Supply
Annual (filtered / unfiltered)
Annual Full Resupply with data from 01 January
validFromDate
The start date of coverage for this supply.
Validate the currency of your data to ensure the earliest date aligns with the expected supply window for your order frequency.
validToDate
The end date of coverage for this supply.
Validate the currency of your data to ensure the latest date aligns with the expected supply window for your order frequency.
recordCount
The total number of records delivered in the file.
Check that delivered entries match the number of records expected for your download.
OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units
OS Boundaries (*N.B. Not available in OS NGD API – Features)
Biannual
OS Functional Areas (*N.B. Not available in OS NGD API – Features)
Biannual
OS GB Postcodes
Monthly
OS NI Postcodes (*N.B. Not available in OS NGD API – Features)
Monthly
OS NGD Buildings
OS Buildings Features
Daily
OS NGD Geographical Names
OS Named Features
Daily
OS NGD Land
OS Land Features
Daily
OS NGD Land Use
OS Land Use Features
Daily
OS NGD Structures
OS Structure Features
Daily
OS NGD Transport
OS Transport Features
Daily (apart from the Street Light Feature Type which is updated monthly)
OS Transport Network
Monthly
OS RAMI
Monthly
OS NGD Water
OS Water Features
Daily
OS Water Network
Quarterly
19 October 2026
N/A
OS NI Postcodes
19 October 2026
N/A
OS RAMI
06 November 2026
OS MasterMap Highways Network – November 2026 publication
OS Transport Features – Street Light Feature Type only
06 November 2026
N/A
OS Transport Network
06 November 2026
OS MasterMap Highways Network – November 2026 publication
OS Water Network
29 September 2026
N/A
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The Postal Address Related Component is still provided against the older (maintenance) data schema versions 1.0 and 2.0 of the Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address Feature Types in the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections. These data schema versions are available for customers to use, but they are now older and in maintenance mode. (Data schema version 3.0 is the latest and recommended data schema version to use for these feature types.)


Road Track Or Path (found within Transport > Transport Features > Road Track Or Path)
Water (found within Water > Water Features > Water)
Land
OSLandCoverTierA
In
Mineral, Multiple, Open Vegetation, Open Vegetation And Mineral, Trees
Rail
OSLandCoverTierA
In
Mineral, Open Vegetation, Trees
Road Track Or Path
OSLandCoverTierA
In
Mineral, Open Vegetation, Trees, Water
Water
description
Not Equal
Sea
Once you have added the necessary filter settings for a feature type, click the Apply filter button to lock them in.
Filters need to be set one at a time, with one filter per feature type for the greenspace recipe.
OS NGD Water
OS Water Features
The Land, Rail, and Road Track Or Path Feature Types include both manmade and natural features. OS Select+Build provides the option to apply filters on certain attributes when creating a recipe so that only the features and attribution that are needed are included in the data. In this case, you can filter on the OS Land Cover Tier A attribute to select just the feature types used in this recipe, so that only features that have one of the natural land cover values will be included in the data. More information on the OS Land Cover Tier A attribute values is available from the Land Cover Tier A Value Code List.
A filter is also required on the Water Feature Type on the Description attribute to filter out areas of tidal water that are considered part of the sea; thus leaving inland water features (for example, rivers, ponds, lakes or reservoirs) plus tidal water in river estuaries and sea lochs that can be considered as an amenity in the recipe.





Connecting Link (found within Transport > Transport Network > Connecting Link)
Path Link (found within Transport > Transport Network > Path Link)
Road Link (found within Transport > Transport Network > Road Link)
Leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Residential from the third drop-down.
Click the + Add rule button to add a second rule below the primaryClassificationDescription rule.
In the second rule, select secondaryClassificationDescription from the first drop-down, set the operator in the second drop-down as = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Education from the third drop-down.
Before continuing, select whether you would like the rules within the group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select Or from the And / Or selector.
Click the Apply filter button.
Close the Advanced Filter Options panel.
Change the operator in the second drop-down to Not Equal, then select Dual Carriageway from the third drop-down.
Click the + Add rule button to add a second rule below the description rule.
In the second rule, select roadClassification from the first drop-down, set the operator in the second drop-down as Not Equal, then select Motorway from the third drop-down.
Before continuing, select whether you would like the rules within the group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select And from the And / Or selector.
Click the Apply filter button.
Close the Advanced Filter Options panel.
OS NGD Transport
OS Transport Network
OS NGD Transport
OS Transport Network
OS Select+Build provides the option to apply filters on certain attributes when creating a recipe so that only the features and attribution that are needed are included in the data.
A filter is required on the Built Address Feature Type so that only residential and education addresses appear in the data.
A filter is also required on the Road Link Feature Type on the Description and Road Classification attributes to filter out dual carriageways and motorways from the data.
Filters need to be set one at a time for the feature types that need to use them.






Military barracks
Select your OS NGD data by choosing the themes, collections and feature types you want to include in your recipe. You'll need to select the following two feature types from the Themes panel on the left-hand-side of the screen:
Built Address (found within Address > GB Address > Built Address)
Building (found within Buildings > Building Features > Building)
Selecting a data schema version for a feature type is an optional step; if you don't choose a particular data schema version for a feature type, OS Select+Build will always select the latest available data schema version for you for each feature type by default. We recommend using the pre-selected latest data schema version for feature types unless you have a specific need to use an earlier one. (See the Data schema versioning page for more information on data schema versioning in the OS NGD.)
If you wish to choose which schema version (where applicable) you'd like to receive the data in for a feature type, click on the feature type name within the tree view in the secondary navigation menu, then choose a data schema version from the Choose Data Schema drop-down box in the right-hand side panel.
OS Select+Build provides the option to apply filters on certain attributes when creating a recipe so that only the features and attribution that are needed are included in the data. Filters need to be set one at a time for each feature type in this recipe.
For this recipe, attribute filters will be used on both feature types to target the right types of residential and commercial addresses, buildings over a certain height, and buildings with over a certain number of floors. Filtering will also reduce the number of features being downloaded.
However, you may wish to download all features for the two feature types instead, then subsequently filter the data later in your chosen geographic information system (GIS) or relational database management system (RDBMS) – if so, just skip steps 8 and 9.
To add a filter to the Built Address Feature Type:
Click on the filter icon to the right of Built Address in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filter. For this filter, you'll need to add two groups, then assign rules to both groups.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel:
Click the + Add Group button twice.
Select whether you would like the relationship between the two groups to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select Or from the And / Or selector.
In the first group:
Click the + Add rule button twice, which will give you three rules in the first group.
In the first rule, select primaryClassificationDescription from the first drop-down. Leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Residential from the third drop-down.
In the second rule, select secondaryClassificationDescription from the first drop-down, set the operator in the second drop-down as In, then select Dwelling, House In Multiple Occupation, and Residential Institution from the third drop-down.
In the second group:
Click the + Add rule button three times, which will give you four rules in the second group.
In the first rule, select primaryClassificationDescription from the first drop-down. Leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Commercial from the third drop-down.
In the second rule, select secondaryClassificationDescription from the first drop-down, set the operator in the second drop-down as = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Hotel / Motel / Boarding / Guest House from the third drop-down.
Click the Apply filter button.
Close the Advanced Filter Options panel.
To add a filter to the Building Feature Type:
Click on the filter icon to the right of Building in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filter. This time you'll add a rule first, followed by a group, then you'll add two rules to the group.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel:
Click the + Add rule button, then select physicalState from the first drop-down. Leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Built from the third drop-down.
Click the + Add Group button.
Select whether you would like the relationship between the rule and the group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select And from the And / Or selector.
In the group:
In the first rule, select numberOfFloors from the first drop-down, set the operator in the second drop-down as Over Or Equal To (>=), then type 7 into the third box.
Click the + Add rule button to add a second rule to the group.
In the second rule, select height_relativeMax_m from the first drop-down, set the operator in the second drop-down as Over Or Equal To (>=), then type 18 into the third box.
Click the Apply filter button.
Close the Advanced Filter Options panel.
Once you've applied filters to the two feature types, click the Create recipe button to complete the recipe creation process. Your new recipe will now instantly be available in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
You can view a summary of the completed safer routes to schools recipe, including the required feature types and filters, if you click Data > Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library > *your recipe's name* > View all filters.
The recipe summary should look like the screenshot below:
OS NGD Address
OS GB Address
OS NGD Buildings
OS Building Features

In the Recipe details screen, click on the Recipe actions dropdown and select Edit recipe.
You'll now be able to add filters (see Step 6) or remove filters (see Step 7) from feature types in the recipe.
Click the filter icon next to the feature type you want to add a filter to in the selection tree for the recipe.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right and you can begin to build your filter(s):
For a simple filter, select +Add rule.
For a more complex , select +Add group.
Once you have added all of your relevant filters, click Apply Filter.
Select Save changes.
Add a description of the change you have made, then select Save changes.
Click the Edit filter iconnext to the feature type you want to remove a filter from in the selection tree for the recipe.
When the Advanced Filter Options panel slides into view from the right, select Clear all filters.
Select Save changes.
Add a description of the change you have made, then select Save changes.
Click the Create a new recipe button.
See the Managing OS Select+Build recipes page for more information on creating recipes.
Give your recipe a descriptive name.
Add a detailed description for your recipe
Select your OS NGD data by choosing the themes, collections and feature types you want to include in your recipe. For this worked example:
Click on the arrow to the right of Buildings within the theme selection tree to see the collections available within the theme, then click on the arrow to the right of Buildings Features to see the feature types available within that collection.
Click on the check box next to Building Part to select that feature type.
Click on the filter icon to the right of Building Part.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will slide into view from the right, where you can begin to build your filter(s):
In the Advanced Filter Options panel, click + Add rule, then select OSLandUseTierA from the first drop-down.
Leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Education from the third drop-down.
Click the Apply filter button.
Click + Add rule to add a second rule below the OSLandUseTierA rule.
In the second rule, select relativeHeightMaximum from the first drop-down, set the operator in the second drop-down as > (i.e. the more than sign), and type 15 in the input box.
Before continuing, select whether you would like the rules within the group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select And from the And / Or selector.
Next, click + Add group.
The application has drawn an extra box for you. Whatever rules are contained inside this box will be evaluated together, before combining with any rules outside the box.
Before continuing, select whether you would like the rule in the second group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select Or from the And / Or selector.
In the rule in the extra box, select OSLandUseTierA from the first drop-down, leave the operator as = (i.e. the equal sign) in the second drop-down, and select Transport: Rail from the third drop-down.
You are now within the Recipe details screen, where you can view detailed information about the recipe, including the recipe's name, the date it was created, etc. If filters have been applied to the recipe, a filter icon(i.e. a black funnel symbol) will appear under the recipe name alongside text stating: 'Filters have been applied to this recipe'.
Click View all filters to view all of the filters that have been applied to feature types in the recipe.
In the example recipe below, you can see that there is a filter icon(i.e. the black funnel symbol) against the Building Part Feature Type; therefore, this feature type has filters applied to it.
Adding filters to a new recipe
Adding filters to an existing recipe
Creating a simple filter (worked example)
Creating a more complex nested filter (worked example)
Checking if filters are used in an existing recipe





Identifying crossing points and bottlenecks: The guide provides a geospatial toolkit for helping you identify the location of bridges, tunnels, fords and crossing points using the OS NGD; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, structures, transport and water data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe. The suggested recipe will be useful for organisations (particularly emergency services) that need to understand critical infrastructure and mobility restrictions for vehicles and pedestrians.
A new 'Transport networks in the OS NGD' explainer has been added to the site; this explainer goes through transport networks in the OS NGD and how the data and feature types in the collections fit together. It covers the following topics:
Building routable transport networks
Road, path, ferry and rail networks
Routing information
Streets and asset management information
Other road network information
National street gazetteers, GeoPlace and Improvement Service
Transport features
A new 'Understanding land use in the OS NGD' guide has been added to the site; this guide contains specific advice on how to make the most of OS NGD Land Use data and includes the following topics:
How OS represents human activity or the economic function of an area or piece of land
How OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications are assigned and maintained
How Sites relate spatially to surrounding features
How address records are matched and summarised
How Site Description values map across to National Land Use Database (NLUD) values
How OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications map across to one another
How Site Description values map across to OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications
Which Sites have populated Status attribute values
Two more OS recommended recipe guides have published on the site:
Identifying higher-risk buildings recipe guide – The guide contains detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a recipe in OS Select+Build to identify higher-risk buildings. It provides a geospatial toolkit that will help you use OS NGD data to identify if a building in occupation in Great Britain is classified as higher-risk by the Building Safety Act 2022 and the Higher-Risk Buildings (Descriptions and Supplementary Provisions) Regulations 2023.
Safer routes to schools recipe guide – The guide provides a geospatial toolkit for helping you calculate safer routes to schools across Great Britain; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, routing and transport network data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe in OS Select+Build.
The first OS recommended recipe guide was published on the site: Greenspace recipe guide. This guide provides a geospatial toolkit to help you understand green spaces across Great Britain; the step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of topographic data from the OS NGD and weave them into a greenspace recipe in OS Select+Build.
The suggested recipe will help support research, management, planning, auditing and policy for greenspace use cases.
We expect to add further OS recommended recipe guides over time.
The Spring 2026 data enhancements releases for the OS NGD are now live. To find out more information about what these enhancements include, please see the 'What's New?' page.
OS NGD data enhancements releases now live
The Autumn 2025 data enhancements releases for the OS NGD are now live. To find out more information about what these enhancements include, please see the 'What's New?' page.
Improvements to data in the OS Building Features, OS Land Features, OS Land Use Features, OS Structure Features and OS Water Features Collections
We are making numerous improvements to data in the OS Building Features, OS Land Features, OS Land Use Features, OS Structures Features and OS Water Features Collections in July 2025; to find out information about what these improvements include, please see the OS NGD Improvements page.
Edit a recipe functionality added to OS Select+Build
You can now edit a recipe in OS Select+Build to add or remove themes / feature types, or change attribute filtering or data schema versions. Please see 'How do I edit a recipe?' on the Downloading with OS Select+Build page for more details.
OS NGD GSS code data improvements for OS Building Features, OS Structure Features, OS Land Features, OS Transport Features and OS NGD Water Features Collections
We have enhanced the assignment and maintenance of Government Statistical Service (GSS) codes, which are used to accurately identify a wide range of UK geographical areas for statistical and administrative purposes. This improvement increases the precision and reliability of boundary representation within our datasets. To find out more information about what these improvements include, please see the .
Building Feature Type data improvements for Basement Presence, Construction Material and Number of Floors
As a result of work in collaboration with Verisk, there will be improvements made in June 2025 to the Basement Presence, Construction Material and Number of Floors attribution in the . To find out more information about what these improvements include, please see the .
Height data enhancement for OS NGD Structures Theme and OS NGD Buildings Theme data
A new enhancement to the way OS NGD Structures Theme and OS NGD Buildings Theme data is created is now live. To find out more information about what these enhancements include, please see the .
OS NGD enhancements release now live
The March 2025 enhancements release for the OS NGD is now live. To find out more information about what these enhancements include, please see the .
OS NGD Address Christmas shutdown
There will be no daily updates of OS NGD Address over the Christmas shutdown period (24/12/2024–01/01/2025). Updates will resume as normal on 02 January 2025.
OS NGD Data Viewer now available
We've added links to the new OS NGD Data Viewer to this site (under the 'Using OS NGD Data' section and in the OS NGD Sample Data Information page). The viewer lets you visualise product sample data online for three areas (Exeter, Newport and Inverness).
Sample data for most OS NGD feature types are available. The sample data always use the latest data schema version available for each feature type.
OS NGD enhancements release now live
The September 2024 enhancements release for the OS NGD is now live. To find out more information about what these enhancements include, please see the 'What's New?' page.
Improvement to UPRNs in the Site Feature Type, OS NGD Land Use Theme
Improvement details
The Site Feature Type within the OS NGD Land Use Theme includes an attribute that references the primary Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the site extent. Previously, the Primary UPRN attribute was only populated when there was a single address within the site extent. The improvement introduces new logic to determine the population of this attribute with the appropriate primary UPRN when there is more than one UPRN within a site extent.
Approximately 1.4 million sites are being improved as a result of this improvement.
The improvement will be available to customers automatically through the OS NGD access services of OS Select+Build and OS NGD API – Features.
Impact to customers
Customers do not need to take any direct action as a result of this improvement. On 19 August 2024, some customers may have experienced a slight delay in receiving their daily OS Select+Build orders or on any new orders placed that day.
Customers with an existing order that includes the Site Feature Type may have noticed an increase in the size of their change-only update (COU) file on 19 August 2024 or might notice an increase in the size of their next monthly update on 01 September 2024, as approximately 1.4 million sites are being improved.
All of the OS NGD access services (OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs) will remain available to customers with no disruption to service availability.
OS NGD Buildings Theme COU pause
There is planned maintenance scheduled for the OS NGD Buildings Theme from Saturday 20 July 2024 to Monday 22 July 2024 to run an upgrade to one of our background systems which underpins the OS NGD. This maintenance is needed to enhance the data which will be made available in the OS NGD Buildings Theme in September 2024.
During the planned maintenance period, the OS NGD Buildings Theme will not have any updates available and the daily Change-Only Update (COU) files received will be empty. In addition, the data within OS Select+Build and OS NGD API – Features will not be updated daily for the OS NGD Buildings Theme.
At the end of the maintenance period, all the changes will be made available and any daily COU files are likely to be larger than normal.
Any customers receiving monthly COU files will not be affected.
OS NGD Features Collections bug fixes
From 07 June to 08 June 2024, bug fixes are being applied to 1.6 million features across the OS NGD Features Collections, as part of our ongoing efforts to provide better data.
These improvements include fixes to Associated Structure, Land Use Tier A and Land Use Tier B attribute values.
Planned maintenance on six OS NGD themes
Background system maintenance for the OS NGD is required to deliver the enhancements scheduled for September 2024. The planned maintenance period will be from Sunday 16 June through to Saturday 29 June, at the latest.
Throughout the maintenance period, all the OS NGD access services (OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs) will remain available to customers with no disruption to the service availability. The data within these services will not be updated daily with surveyed change for the following affected OS NGD collections:
OS Building Features
OS NGD enhancements release now live
The March 2024 enhancements release for the OS NGD is now live. To find out more information about what these enhancements include, please see our .
Major version increment that changes the geometry type of the Geometry attribute from Polygon to MultiPolygon, and adds additional values to the to include all operative regional authorities.
Feature type main definition updated.
1.1
28 July 2025
Ongoing
Minor version increment that removes the query and download filters from the Description attribute as this attribute supports only a single value.
1.0
29 September 2022
27 July 2025
Initial launch of the Regional Authority Feature Type.
Please see Data schema versioning for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the Getting started with temporal filtering guide.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: changetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: themevalue
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: regionalauthoritydescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: boundarytypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
2.0
01 October 2026
Ongoing
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
29/09/2022
Missing data update group
We are aware of an issue affecting daily COU OS GB Address Collection orders from 16 July 2026 where one data update group was not applied. Customers receiving data schema version 3.0 of the following feature types will be impacted:
add-gb-builtaddress
add-gb-historicaddress
add-gb-nonaddressableobject
add-gb-prebuildaddress
16/07/2026
Small numbers of UPRNs appearing across lifecycle feature types in COUs
We are aware of an issue that affected the OS NGD Address Theme during February and March 2026, where a small number of Unique Property Reference Numbers are appearing in more than one lifecycle feature type (i.e. present in both the Built Address Feature Type and the Pre‑Build Address Feature Type). This issue may affect customers who received either Full Supply or Change-Only Update (COU) orders containing OS NGD Address feature types across data schema versions 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 during that time. If you believe you are affected by this issue, please .
This issue is distinct but related to a similar issue reported and resolved within February.
06/03/2026
Incorrect change type for addresses moving between feature types
In a very small number of cases, when an address moves between feature types, such as moving from Pre-Build Address to Built Address, the change type given is incorrect.
The address 'leaving' the Pre-Build Address Feature Type is correctly marked 'Moved To', but when it enters the Built Address Feature Type, it is incorrectly marked as 'New' rather than 'Moved From'.
This issue impacts OS NGD Address feature types in both data schema versions (i.e. data schema versions 1.0 and 2.0).
Your COU processing will still work correctly, and your data holdings will be complete, but the address will have been incorrectly marked as 'New'.
Retail Hierarchy attribute values not as expected in places
In a small number of cases for Retail Area Aggregated features (data schema version 1.0), published values are incorrect and appear to be demotions. For example, an expected Town Centre could be published with a Retail Hierarchy attribute value of Small Town Centre. We are investigating the cause of this error, and any improvements will be made available as part of the regular releases of OS Functional Areas Collection data. The Retail Hierarchy attribute is available for Retail Area Aggregated features only.
26/03/2026
Incorrect building height values for some multi-storey properties with a single storey annexe
Some residential two-storey properties with a large adjoining single storey are returning as a single storey when created using machine learning (due to incorrect building height values), for example, two-storey houses with attached garages or large rear extensions. This impacts data schema version 4.0 onward of the Building Feature Type.
27/03/2025
Minor confusion between roofs of similar appearance
When capturing roof type data through our aerial capture program, there can be some confusion between buildings with glass roofs or an evacuated tube collector and those with solar panels present. As a result, buildings with glass roofs may be incorrectly attributed with solar panel presence.
This is something we aim to address in future iterations of roof type data for the Building Feature Type. This impacts data schema version 4.0 onward of the Building Feature Type.
27/03/2025
Inconsistent caravan roof shape
Large static caravans will have inconsistent roof shapes due to the shallow-pitched nature of their roofs, making it difficult to ascertain true shape.
This impacts data schema version 4.0 onward of the Building Feature Type.
27/03/2025
Poor linking between Crowd Sourced Name Point features and other OS NGD features
We are actively improving the linking between Crowd Sourced Name Point features (data schema version 1.0) and other OS NGD features, so some updates are expected; these updates will be delivered through standard change-only updates (COUs).
27/03/2025
Nullified Access Purpose attribute for certain Site Access Location features
Some key public sites have refused access to surveyors and so will have their Access Purpose attribute nullified for the Site Access Location feature (data schema version 2.0 only as this attribute is not available for data schema version 1.0).
27/03/2025
No current known data issues to note for this theme.
Completeness for bridge interactions
On rare occasions where Network Over and Network Under attribution cannot be identified (i.e. disused bridges or viaducts over dry valleys) for Compound Structure Feature Type features (data schema version 2.0 onward), the attributes will not be populated (i.e. will be ‘null’).
25/09/2024
Mersey Railway Tunnels and Westferry Circus Tunnel missing
The Mersey Railway Tunnels and Westferry Circus Tunnel are not included in data schema v2.0 onward of the Compound Structure Feature Type.
25/09/2024
Overlapping of stacked bridges
Where bridges cross one other, it can be difficult to identify the correct networks running over and / or under each bridge. This impacts Compound Structure Feature Type features (data schema version 2.0 onward).
Incorrect modal or minimum width values for Cycle Lane features
There are a small number of Cycle Lane features (data schema version 1.0) which have a modal and minimum width values of 0m (Cycle Lane Info Modal Width M, and Cycle Lane Info Minimum Width M attributes).
25/09/2025
Incorrect evidence dates for Cycle Lane features
There are a small number of Cycle Lane features (data schema version 1.0) with an incorrect Geometry Evidence Date attribute date value of 01-01-2000.
25/09/2025
Rail Network referencing errors
There are a small number of Railway Link features (data schema version 1.0) which are not connected to a Railway Node feature (data schema version 1.0) at one or both ends, and a small number of Railway Node features (data schema version 1.0) that are not coincident with the start or end of the Railway Link features (data schema version 1.0) that reference them. This issue is currently being investigated.
Continuous tidelines break errors
A few Tidal Boundary Continuous High and Continuous Low features (data schema version 1.0) contain breaks, dead ends or disconnected sections due to an issue in the product generation process. This can result in tidal boundaries not being represented as fully continuous in some locations.
02/03/2026
Unexpected Width Derivation Method for Water Links
There are 158 Water Link features (data schema version 2.0) that have been assigned a Width Average attribute value based on a 'Default Value For Geographic Region', when they are expected to receive a Width Average attribute value that is derived either from 'Modelled From Network' or 'Calculated from Polygon'.
30/10/2025
Invalid geometries in Waterbody Catchment and River Basin District Catchment features
Very small number of features not being given the correct 'End of Life' change type
There are 319 features (out of 600+ million) which reside within the 'features' collections (i.e. any OS NGD collection which has a name of 'OS NGD XXX Features', for example, OS Transport Features) that have not been given the correct 'End of Life' change type. This means that these features still reside within the supply but should be deleted.





The countries of Great Britain.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
1.1
28 July 2025
Ongoing
Minor version increment that removes the query and download filters from the Description attribute as this attribute supports only a single value.
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable:
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The Historic counties data shows the county boundaries based on records and mapping circa 1888, using the following acts as primary sources:
Local Government (England and Wales) Act 1888
Local Government (Scotland) Act 1889
Sheriffs Act 1887
The dataset shows the boundaries in place in 1888 in England and Wales, and those established a year later in Scotland. The alignments of the counties for England and Wales are derived from mapping sourced from the National Archives which dates from 1890. The most recent available county alignment mapping for Scotland is from 1940.
Historic counties are not updated; therefore, the lifecycle dates will not change.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6








In the third rule, select buildStatus from the first drop-down. Leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Built Complete from the third drop-down.
Before continuing to the second group, select whether you would like the three rules within the first group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select And from the And / Or selector.
In the fourth rule, select buildStatus from the first drop-down. Leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (i.e. the equal sign), then select Built Complete from the third drop-down.
Before continuing, select whether you would like the four rules within the second group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select And from the And / Or selector.











OS Land Use Features
OS Structure Features
OS Transport Features
OS Water Features
Any daily Change-Only Update (COU) files for the other OS NGD collections will be unaffected during the maintenance period.
Customers will continue to be able to access all daily COU orders during the maintenance period and any new orders. During the maintenance period, any COU files for the above affected OS NGD collections will continue to be delivered and will be smaller than normal or empty. At the end of the maintenance period, all the surveyed changes for the affected OS NGD collections will be made available, and any daily COU files are likely to be larger than normal.
Any customers who receive monthly COU files will not be affected.
OS NGD Address Theme
The fix for the known data issue relating to the description of Parish and Community Government Statistical Services (GSS) codes as Ward GSS codes and vice versa will be rolled out to 4 million features (UPRNs) a day alongside the usual daily updates starting from 17 May 2024 until 27 May 2024.
This will result in larger daily Change-Only Update (COU) files. On 01 June 2024, the OS NGD Address Theme monthly COU file will be larger than a Full Supply file as all features will have a delete record and an update record.
Find out about OS NGD planned maintenance, any live service disruption, current data issues and resolved data issues.
Find out what the key benefits of the OS NGD are.
Download OS NGD sample data or visualise it online.
OS NGD Fundamentals covers the core elements of OS NGD design, including available data formats and file naming, data schema versioning, access methods, data ordering and currency, attribute information for feature types, unique identifiers and coordinate reference systems.
Our getting started guides will help you access, use and style OS NGD data. You'll also find in-depth information on OS NGD design, and webinars, tutorials and case studies.
Frequently asked questions on OS NGD data and the download service of OS Select+Build.
Learn about the OS NGD data structure and the data available for each theme, collection and feature type.
Access all of the code lists for the OS NGD.
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
1.0
29 September 2022
27 July 2025
Initial launch of the Country Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
1.1
28 July 2025
Ongoing
Minor version increment that removes the query and download filters from the Description attribute as this attribute supports only a single value.
1.0
29 September 2022
27 July 2025
Initial launch of the Historic County Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
add-gb-royalmailaddress
We will contact impacted customers about this issue.
If you believe you are affected by this issue, please .
May 2023
Additional in-scope buildings included in the Number of Floors data
Some notable non-residential and non-office buildings that meet the scope will be included (for example, several cathedrals and arenas) and will have values for the Number of Floors attributes.
This impacts data schema versions 3.0 and 4.0 onward of the Building Feature Type.
25/09/2024
Some in-scope residential buildings are excluded from the Number of Floors data
Some in-scope residential buildings have no values for the Number of Floors attributes (for example, new builds, and buildings failing height validation rules).
This impacts data schema versions 3.0 and 4.0 onward of the Building Feature Type.
25/09/2024
Some apartment block buildings are excluded from the Number of Floors data
Apartment blocks that have their address geometry situated in the stairwell of the building and have their building geometry segregated due to the Land Use Site Feature Type will not get values for the Number of Floors attributes.
This impacts data schema versions 3.0 and 4.0 onward of the Building Feature Type.
25/09/2024
25/09/2024
Overlapping Field Boundary
features exist
Approximately 20 000 Field Boundary Feature Type features (data schema version 1.0) are overlapping. This issue is currently being investigated.
27/03/2024
01/03/2025
Mismatches between Road Link Directionality attribution and Average Speed attribution
There are a small number of Road Link features (data schema versions 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0) where the Directionality attribution of the Road Link and the attribution describing average speeds are not in sympathy (for example, the Road Link is in Both Directions, but average speed attribution is only available for one of the directions). Some instances of this are a result of the Road Network being updated monthly and speed information being updated six-monthly; however, the remaining instances where this does not apply are being investigated.
01/04/2024
Feature Count discrepancies compared to OS MasterMap Highways Network
A small number of features in the following feature types are missing when compared to the comparable tables in OS MasterMap Highways Network, or have superfluous features in NGD Transport that are not present in OS MasterMap Highways Network: Connecting Link (data schema version 1.0), Connecting Node (data schema version 1.0), Path (data schema version 1.0), Path Link (data schema versions 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0), Restriction (data schema version 1.0), Road (data schema version 1.0, Routing Hazard (data schema version 1.0), Special Designation (data schema version 1.0), and Street (data schema version 1.0). This issue is currently being investigated.
14/08/2023
Some polygons for Waterbody Catchment and River Basin District Catchment features (data schema version 1.0) have invalid geometries in the form of self-intersections, holes, and gaps. Instances of self-intersection are primarily due to the gridded digital terrain model (DTM) used to generate the catchment data provided by the third-party data from authoritative bodies.
28/03/2023
Incorrect representation of a Waterbody Catchment name
The Barlings Eau Upper catchment name is incorrectly displayed. This is as per the third-party data from the authoritative bodies.
28/03/2023
Non-unique Waterbody Catchment IDs
Two instances occur where the Waterbody Catchment ID is not unique for Waterbody Catchment features (data schema version 1.0): GB109056040082 and GB104027063230. This is as per the third-party data from the authoritative bodies.
28/03/2023
Certain Waterbody Catchment features do not nest exactly within a River Basin District Catchment
A total of 14 instances occur where Waterbody Catchment features (data schema version 1.0) do not nest exactly within their associated River Basin District Catchment features (data schema version 1.0). This is as per the third-party data from the authoritative bodies.
28/03/2023






The Alternate Address Related Component provides alternative address labels where they exist for the ‘current’ address represented on a given feature type.
There are two principal scenarios by which an Alternate Address can be created; both of these scenarios will result in addresses being present in the Alternate Address Related Component:
Official alternate addresses captured by Local Authorities
This occurs where there is a a variation on the official address held by Local Authorities that is represented by the preferred UPRN in the Built Address Feature Type.
For example, ‘10 High Street’ may have an Alternate Address label captured as ‘Rose Cottage’. These addresses are represented by an ‘Alternate’ classification in the Address Status attribute.
Examples:
Built Address: UPRN 12345: 12 High Street, addressstatus: Approved
Alternate Address: UPRN 12345: Rose Cottage, addresstatus: Alternate
An additional non-official address captured for lifecycle purposes
In the case of pre-build addresses, these alternate addresses commonly represent labels attached to the plot in earlier stages in the development cycle that have subsequently been updated. Historic Address Alternate Address labels, where held, will be early iterations of the address that became live and will be alternate addresses of the ‘current’ UPRN on the Pre-Build Feature Type.
Examples:
Built Address: UPRN 12345: Explorer House, Adanac Drive, SO15 0AS, addressstatus: Approved
Alternate Address: UPRN 12345: Development Site, addressstatus: Historic
Alternate Address: UPRN 12345: Plot 12, addressstatus: Historic
The following table provides details about this related component’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this related component's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this related component, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary key providing a unique row identifier assigned to enable indexing for efficient querying.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date of the feature version to which this related component applies.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, Alternative, Approved, Historic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 11
The Alternate Sub Name provides an alternative address label to the one provided in the Sub Name. An alternative address label may be present for a number of reasons, for example, retention of an old address label or an alias address label has been recorded by the Local Authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Name provides an alternative address label to the one provided in the name. An alternative address label may be present for a number of reasons, for example, retention of an old address label or an alias address label has been recorded by the Local Authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Number provides an alternative address number to the one provided in the Number attribute.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of a populated place within a settlement that the Street is located within. Where a locality can be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village or Hamlet.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language in which the address label attribution has been captured for the alternative record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
The date on which any attribute of the record was last changed.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Scotland is divided into parliamentary constituencies for voting purposes to elect Members of the Scottish Parliament (MSPs). Wales is divided into parliamentary constituencies for voting purposes to elect parliamentary members (MS) to the Welsh Parliament.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
1.1
01 May 2026
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Identifier for the Parent Boundary
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
This feature type has been created to provide greater alignment between OS data and Office for National Statistics (ONS) data and to support a wider range of analysis. Welsh and Scottish Unitary Authorities will have alternative name and language values.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 29 September 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Identifier for the Parent Boundary
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
A boolean value indicating whether the feature is part of a Borough or not
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0


A guide with detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a recipe in OS Select+Build to identify the location of bridges, tunnels, fords and crossing points.
The guide below provides a geospatial toolkit for helping you identify the location of bridges, tunnels, fords and crossing points using the OS NGD; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, structures, transport and water data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe.
The recipe will be useful for organisations (particularly emergency services) that need to understand critical infrastructure and mobility restrictions for vehicles and pedestrians.
Use cases for the recipe include:
Understanding mobility constraints for pedestrians and vehicles in communities
Planning road closures
With the introduction of the regional government for London (referred to as the Greater London Authority or GLA by OS NGD documentation), the proportional representation voting area for this new administration is the GLA Assembly Constituency.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Ongoing
Minor version increment to make Boundary Parent Reference ID, Boundary Parent Reference Feature Type, Boundary Parent Reference Classification and Boundary Parent Reference Name 1 Text attributes nullable in line with boundary changes in Wales.
1.0
29 September 2022
30 April 2026
Initial launch of the Devolved Parliament Constituency Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Alternate Address Related Component.
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
3.0
30 September 2025
Ongoing
Major version increment to align with concurrent major version increments made to four feature types in the GB Address and Islands Address Collections: Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object, and Pre-Build Address. (Related components follow the versioning of the addressing feature types they are associated with.) Max length increased for the Alternate Sub Name and Full Address attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment to align with concurrent major version increments made to four feature types in the GB Address and Islands Address Collections: Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object, and Pre-Build Address. (Related components follow the versioning of the addressing feature types they are associated with.) New attribution added to related component for Full Address, Lowest Floor Level and Highest Floor Level.
1.0
Managing evacuations
Predicting the movement patterns of crowds
Identifying choke points for exceptional loads / large vehicles
Identifying if services can access different communities
Incident response planning and situational awareness
Mapping critical infrastructure
Modelling transport routes
In this recipe, we'll be identifying the exact location of the four types of features using point and topographic features, so we'll be excluding generic network data representations.
The following four feature types are included in the identifying crossing points and bottlenecks recipe:
OS NGD Address
OS GB Address
OS NGD Structures
OS Structure Features
OS NGD Transport
OS Transport Features
Types of bridges included and links to the code lists that define them:
Bridge
Bridge is defined in the
Transporter Bridge
Transporter Bridge is defined in the
Footbridge
Footbridge is defined in
Footbridge / Walkway
Footbridge / Walkway is defined in
Types of tunnels included and links to the code lists that define them:
Rail Tunnel
Rail Tunnel is defined in the
Tube Or Metro Tunnel
Tube Or Metro Tunnel is defined in the
Pedestrian Tunnel Or Subway
Pedestrian Tunnel Or Subway is defined in the
Underpass
Underpass is defined in the
Canal Tunnel
Types of crossings included and links to the code lists that define them:
Level Crossing
Level Crossing is defined in the and
Railway Pedestrian Crossing
Railway Pedestrian Crossing is defined in the
Pedestrian Crossing
Pedestrian Crossing is defined in the
Ford
Ford is defined in the and
To create the identifying crossing points and bottlenecks recipe in OS Select+Build:
Click the Create a new recipe button at the top right-hand-side of the screen.
Give your recipe a descriptive name in the Recipe name dialog box on the left-hand-side of the screen.
Add a detailed description for your recipe (this is optional, but it's useful if other team members will be accessing the recipe).
Select your OS NGD data by choosing the themes, collections and feature types you want to include in your recipe. You'll need to select the following four feature types from the Themes panel on the left-hand-side of the screen:
Non Addressable Object (found within Address > GB Address > Non Addressable Object)
Compound Structure (found within Structures > Structure Features > Compound Structure)
Selecting a data schema version for a feature type is an optional step; if you don't choose a particular data schema version for a feature type, OS Select+Build will always select the latest available data schema version for you for each feature type by default. We recommend using the pre-selected latest data schema version for feature types unless you have a specific need to use an earlier one. (See the for more information on data schema versioning in the OS NGD.)
If you wish to choose which schema version (where applicable) you'd like to receive the data in for a feature type, click on the feature type name within the tree view in the secondary navigation menu, then choose a data schema version from the Choose Data Schema drop-down box in the right-hand side panel.
To add a filter to the Non Addressable Object Feature Type:
Click on the filter icon to the right of Non Addressable Object in the theme selection tree (make sure you select Non Addressable Object from the GB Address drop-down, not from the Islands Address drop-down).
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filter.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel:
Click the + Add rule
To add a filter to the Compound Structure Feature Type:
Click on the filter icon to the right of Compound Structure in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filter.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel:
Click the + Add rule button 12 times, which will give you 12 rules.
To add a filter to the Road Track Or Path Feature Type:
Click on the filter icon to the right of Road Track Or Path in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filter.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel:
Click the + Add rule button three times, which will give you three rules.
To add a filter to the Water Point Feature Type:
Click on the filter icon to the right of Water Point in the theme selection tree.
The Advanced Filter Options panel will then slide into view from the right-hand side of the screen and you can begin to build your filter.
In the Advanced Filter Options panel:
Click the + Add rule button twice, which will give you two rules.
Once you have applied filters to the four feature types, click the Create recipe button to complete the recipe creation process. Your new recipe will now instantly be available in your OS Select+Build Recipe Library.
You can view a summary of the completed identifying crossing points and bottlenecks recipe, including the required feature types and filters, if you click Data > Downloads > OS Select+Build Recipe Library > *your recipe's name* > View all filters.
The recipe summary should look like the screenshot below:
More information on creating, editing and deleting recipes in OS Select+Build and on adding attribute filters to recipes can be found in the following guides:
Once you've created your recipe, you'll need to add a data package to receive the data. Data packages allow you to select the format, update frequency and area of interest for the required data.
The following guide will help you to create a data package from your new recipe:
Once you've created your recipe and added a data package to it to receive the data, you can import the data into your chosen GIS (geographic information system) to analyse it or create maps.
The following guide gives an example of how to create a map in QGIS, standardise the geometry of the datasets and, if required, standardise the data into one layer using common attributes:
You can adapt the suggested identifying crossing points and bottlenecks recipe at the recipe creation or editing stage so that it fully meets your needs. The filters chosen for this recipe (see steps 8 to 11 below) are a suggestion and you can amend them depending on your requirements.
Applying filters in OS Select+Build to the four feature types at the recipe creation (or recipe editing) stage lets you target the right types of bridges, tunnels and crossings. Filtering will also reduce the number of features being downloaded as you'll just be downloading a subset of the features available for each feature type selected.
Minor version increment that removes the query and download filters from the Description attribute as this attribute supports only a single value.
1.0
29 September 2022
27 July 2025
Initial launch of the GLA Assembly Constituency Feature Type.
Please see Data schema versioning for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the Getting started with temporal filtering guide.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: changetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Geometry Type: Polygon
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: themevalue
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: glaassemblyconstituencydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: boundarytypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Identifier for the Parent Boundary
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: parentfeaturetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: parentboundarydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
1.1
28 July 2025
Ongoing
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
The Postal Address Related Component provides the Royal Mail delivery point address from Royal Mail's Postcode Address File (PAF) where it has been matched to a Local Authority address in the National Land and Property Gazetteer.
The following table provides details about this related component’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
2.0
28 March 2023
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this related component's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this related component, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Royal Mail’s Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN).
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Date of the feature version to which this related component applies.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
For some organisations, department name is indicated because mail is received by subdivisions of the main organisation at distinct delivery points.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The sub building name and / or number are identifiers for subdivisions of properties.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The building name is a description applied to a single building or a small group of buildings, such as HIGHFIELD HOUSE. This also includes those building numbers that contain non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the building name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The building number is a number given to a single building or a small group of buildings, thus identifying it from its neighbours, for example, 44. Building numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Building Name or the Sub Building Name fields.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 4
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In certain places, for example, town centres, there are named thoroughfares within other named thoroughfares, for example, parades of shops on a high street where different parades have their own identity. For example, KINGS PARADE, HIGH STREET and QUEENS PARADE, HIGH STREET.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
A thoroughfare is a road, track or named access route on which there are Royal Mail delivery points, for example, HIGH STREET.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
This is used to distinguish between similar thoroughfares or the same thoroughfare within a dependent locality. For example, Millbrook Industrial Estate and Cranford Estate in this situation: BRUNEL WAY, MILLBROOK INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON and BRUNEL WAY, CRANFORD ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Dependent locality areas define an area within a post town. These are only necessary for postal purposes and are used to aid differentiation where there are thoroughfares of the same name in the same locality. For example, High Street in Shirley and Swaythling in this situation: HIGH STREET, SHIRLEY, SOUTHAMPTON and HIGH STREET, SWAYTHLING, SOUTHAMPTON.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The town or city in which the Royal Mail sorting office is located which services this record. There may be more than one, possibly several, sorting office in a town or city.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Describes the address as a small or large user as defined by Royal Mail. A large user postcode typically receives over 1 000 pieces of mail per day.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 10
A two-character code uniquely identifying an individual delivery point within a postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Dependent Thoroughfare.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Thoroughfare.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Double Dependent Locality.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Dependent Locality.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Post Town.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The date on which the PAF record was processed into the database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Name of the originating data provider that defined the reference or link.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The date on which any attribute of the record was last changed.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Ongoing
Major version increment to align with concurrent major version increments made to four feature types in the GB Address and Islands Address Collections: Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object, and Pre-Build Address. (Related components follow the versioning of the addressing feature types they are associated with.)
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Postal Address Related Component.
Road Track Or Path (found within Transport > Transport Features > Road Track Or Path)
Water Point (found within Water > Water Features > Water Point)
In the first rule, select classificationDescription from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Level Crossing from the third drop-down.
In the second rule, select classificationDescription from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Railway Pedestrian Crossing from the third drop-down.
Before continuing, select whether you would like the rules within the group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select Or from the And / Or selector.
Click the Apply filter button.
Close the Advanced Filter Options panel.
In the first rule, select Description from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Bridge from the third drop-down.
In the second rule, select Description from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Transporter Bridge from the third drop-down.
Repeat this process for rules 3 to 12; for each rule, select Description from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select the following options from the third drop-down (until the Advanced Filter Options panel looks like the example screenshot below):
Rail Tunnel
Road Tunnel
Tube Or Metro Tunnel
Footbridge
Pedestrian Tunnel Or Subway
Underpass
Clapper Bridge
Lift Bridge
Swing Bridge
Canal Tunnel
(You may also notice there is another attribute called Status, which is an indicator of whether the feature is currently performing its original function; for this recipe, we want all infrastructure, but we can filter on the Status attribute in our GIS or RDBMS after download.)
Before continuing, select whether you would like the rules within the group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select Or from the And / Or selector.
Click the Apply filter button.
Close the Advanced Filter Options panel.
In the first rule, select Description from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Ford from the third drop-down.
In the second rule, select Description from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Level Crossing from the third drop-down.
In the third rule, select Description from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Pedestrian Crossing from the third drop-down.
Before continuing, select whether you would like the rules within the group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select Or from the And / Or selector.
Click the Apply filter button.
Close the Advanced Filter Options panel.
In the first rule, select Description from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Ford from the third drop-down.
In the second rule, select Description from the first drop-down, leave the operator in the second drop-down as: = (the equal sign), then select Tidal Ford from the third drop-down.
Before continuing, select whether you would like the rules within the group to have an And or an Or condition. In this case, you should select Or from the And / Or selector.
Click the Apply filter button.
Close the Advanced Filter Options panel.
OS NGD Water
OS Water Features
Clapper Bridge
Clapper Bridge is defined in the Compound Structure Description Value Code List
Lift Bridge
Lift Bridge is defined in the Compound Structure Description Value Code List
Swing Bridge
Swing Bridge is defined in the Compound Structure Description Value Code List
Canal Tunnel is defined in the Compound Structure Description Value Code List
OS Select+Build provides the option to apply filters on certain attributes when creating a recipe so that only the features and attribution that are needed are included in the data.
A filter is required on the Non Addressable Object Feature Type on the Classification Description attribute so that only level crossing and railway pedestrian crossing addresses appear in the data.
A filter is required on the Compound Structure Feature Type on the Description attribute so that 12 specified infrastructure types (for example, road tunnels, footbridges and swing bridges) appear in the data.
A filter is required on the Road Track Or Path Feature Type on the Description attribute so that only fords, level crossings and pedestrian crossings appear in the data.
A filter is required on the Water Point Feature Type on the Description attribute so that only fords and tidal fords appear in the data.
Filters need to be set one at a time for the feature types that need to use them.








The Street Address Feature Type provides street address information for any road, footpath, cycleway, byway, or bridleway that has been uniquely identified by the local Highway Authority, or Street Naming and Numbering authority and provides access to an address.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 02 November 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Description of the street record type, for example, whether the Street has an official designated street name.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 33
A code for the primary street classification, for example, denoting it to be 'open to all vehicles'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 26
Description of the current state of the Street, indicating which point the street record is at within its lifecycle.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 18
Date at which the Street achieved its current state in the world, as referenced by the 'operationalState' attribute.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the Administrative Unit that the Address is located within.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 16
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the Administrative Unit that the Address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Alphanumeric code which identifies the Street Naming and Numbering Authority or the Local Highway Authority
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 4
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the responsible Street Naming and Numbering Authority or Local Highways Authority
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Description indicating the type of surface finish on the Street, for example, 'Metalled'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 10
X coordinate in metres for the position of the start point of the street defined in British National Grid (EPSG::27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate in metres for the position of the start point of the street defined in British National Grid (EPSG::27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
X coordinate in metres for the position of the end point of the street defined in British National Grid (EPSG::27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate in metres for the position of the end point of the street defined in British National Grid (EPSG::27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the Latitude of the position of the start point of the street defined in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG::4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the Longitude of the position of the start point of the street defined in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG::4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the Latitude of the position of the end point of the street defined in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG::4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the Longitude of the position of the end point of the street defined in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG::4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The tolerance of the Start and End Location coordinates in metres.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The Street Address Feature Type provides street address information for any road, footpath, cycleway, byway, or bridleway that has been uniquely identified by the local Highway Authority, or Street Naming and Numbering authority and provides access to an address.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 02 November 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Description of the street record type, for example, whether the Street has an official designated street name.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 33
A code for the primary street classification, for example, denoting it to be 'open to all vehicles'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 26
Description of the current state of the Street, indicating which point the street record is at within its lifecycle.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 18
Date at which the Street achieved its current state in the world, as referenced by the 'operationalState' attribute.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the Administrative Unit that the Address is located within.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 16
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the Administrative Unit that the Address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Alphanumeric code which identifies the Street Naming and Numbering Authority or the Local Highway Authority
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 4
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the responsible Street Naming and Numbering Authority or Local Highways Authority
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Description indicating the type of surface finish on the Street, for example, 'Metalled'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 10
X coordinate in metres for the position of the start point of the street defined in British National Grid (EPSG::27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate in metres for the position of the start point of the street defined in British National Grid (EPSG::27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
X coordinate in metres for the position of the end point of the street defined in British National Grid (EPSG::27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate in metres for the position of the end point of the street defined in British National Grid (EPSG::27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the Latitude of the position of the start point of the street defined in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG::4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the Longitude of the position of the start point of the street defined in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG::4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the Latitude of the position of the end point of the street defined in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG::4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the Longitude of the position of the end point of the street defined in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG::4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The tolerance of the Start and End Location coordinates in metres.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
For voting purposes, a county is divided into electoral divisions. In Wales, the voting area is the unitary authority electoral division; in Scotland, it is the unitary authority ward; and in England, it is the unitary authority ward or unitary authority electoral division.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 29 September 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Identifier for the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Identifier for the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
Boolean set to true if the feature applies to portions of local government or parliamentary constituency areas which are separated from the main area, being completely surrounded by other local government or parliamentary constituency areas and not connected by direct access on the ground; otherwise, Boolean set to false.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Civil parishes in England and community wards in Scotland. Unitary authorities may be divided into civil parishes or communities (except in Scotland).
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 29 September 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPoint
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPoint
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0





Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Topographic identifier (TOID) of the feature, as published in the OS MasterMap suite of products.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: changetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: themevalue
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: parishorcommunitydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language of name1, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The alternative language name assigned to identify the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language of name2, provided as a 3-digit ISO 639-2 code ('eng, 'cym', 'gla').
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Set to the census / Government Statistical Service (GSS) Code for the boundary, for example, E10000014.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: boundarytypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Identifier for the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: parentfeaturetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: parentboundarydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Identifier for the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: parentfeaturetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: parentboundarydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Boolean set to true if the feature is an area where the limits of the parishes concerned have not been determined and the area itself is common to (or belongs to) two or more parishes; otherwise, Boolean set to false.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Boolean set to true if the feature applies to portions of local government or parliamentary constituency areas which are separated from the main area, being completely surrounded by other local government or parliamentary constituency areas and not connected by direct access on the ground; otherwise, Boolean set to false.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
A polling district is the subdivision of a parliamentary constituency for the purpose of a UK Parliamentary election. Polling districts are not maintained on a regular basis and have mostly been frozen since 2016. From May 2022, 63 areas will show amended polling districts.
The earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in this feature type is 29 September 2022.
Any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified earliest date noted above for the data schema version may contain data inconsistencies.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Primary identifier for the feature. The OSID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) and requires no centralised authority to ensure uniqueness. Note that the same OSID can occur in more than one feature type when a single feature is represented multiple times in the OS NGD.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
This page lists resolved data issues in relation to the OS NGD themes, collections and feature types.
No current resolved data issues to note that impact multiple OS NGD themes.
No current resolved data issues to note for this theme.
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: changetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Geometry Type: MultiPolygon
The measured area of the geometry in square metres.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 18
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: themevalue
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: pollingdistrictdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Polling district identifier.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
A single description value for boundary type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: boundarytypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Identifier for the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: parentfeaturetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: parentboundarydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Identifier for the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: parentfeaturetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: parentboundarydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Identifier for the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: parentfeaturetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: parentboundarydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Identifier for the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 36
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary feature type.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: parentfeaturetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Further classification indicating the Parent Boundary.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: parentboundarydescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name1 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Name assigned to identify the Parent Boundary. If the name is defined in multiple languages, then each name shall be provided with an associated language qualifier. If the proper name is only defined in one language, then no language qualifier will be provided.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 254
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The language type associated with name2 for the Parent Boundary. The valid values are defined in the LanguageValue codelist.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The inland area of the feature in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The non-inland area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
The total area in hectares.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 15
Scale: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
19/10/2026
This issue was resolved on 19 October 2026 following the October 2026 release of data for the OS GB Postcodes Collection. This fix resulted in approximately 116 000 changes to Ward references.
Historic European Region Feature Type
This feature type (data schema version 1.0) contains updates made to the boundaries post 01 April 2021 (when the feature type was frozen in the Boundary-Line product). This means that there will be differences between the boundaries accessed via our OS OpenData pages and those accessed via OS NGD.
Update on 02/06/2026: A fix has been implemented and should be present for the October 2026 release of data for the OS Boundaries Collection. Issue first reported: 08/07/2024
01/10/2026
This issue was resolved on 01 October 2026 following the October 2026 release of data for the OS Boundaries Collection.
Cross Reference Feature attribute values not as expected for Retail Area Aggregated, Retail Area Major and Retail Area Minor Feature Types
The Cross Reference Feature attribute used by the Related Entity Related Component for , and features (data schema version 1.0 for all) only has published 'Built Address' values; there are no 'Grid 100m' or 'Grid 1km' values available for this attribute. Issue first reported: 26/03/2026
01/10/2026
This issue was resolved on 01 October 2026 following the October 2026 release of data for the OS Functional Areas Collection.
County Electoral Division GSS codes missing
(data schema version 1.0) with a description of ‘’ do not have their Government Statistical Service (GSS) codes assigned. Issue first reported: 24/06/2026
01/10/2026
This issue was resolved on 01 October 2026 following the October 2026 release of data for the OS Boundaries Collection.
No current resolved data issues to note for this theme.
Regional Authority GSS Codes referencing GSS Codes that do not yet exist.
Due to the currency of the Named Point Feature Type in the OS NGD Geographical Names Theme being daily, from 14/09/2026 there will be approximately 126 000 features referencing Government Statistical Service (GSS) codes that do not currently exist. Once 'boundaries' found in the OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme are updated at the start of October 2026, the regional authorities will be updated and will show as expected. Issue first reported: 14/09/2026
01/10/2026
This issue was resolved on 01 October 2026 following the October 2026 release of data for the OS Boundaries Collection.
No current resolved data issues to note for this theme.
No current resolved data issues to note for this theme.
No current resolved data issues to note for this theme.
Missing records in Street to Road Link cross reference table
There are a small number of Road Links with a Match Status of 'Matched' or 'Matched With Attribute Discrepancy' which do not appear in trn_ntwk_street_rdlinkref as expected.
08/09/2026
This issue was resolved on 08 September 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 October 2026.
Referencing errors in the Road and Path Network
4 Road Link features (data schema versions 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0) reference non-existent Road Node (data schema version 1.0) features.
2 Path Link features (data schema versions 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0) reference a non-existent Path Node feature (data schema version 1.0).
These issues are currently being investigated.
17/08/2026
No current resolved data issues to note for this theme.
Resolved data issues older than six months are included in the tabs below under each OS NGD theme.
Snapshots of OS NGD data retrieved through temporal filtering in OS Select+Build may include issues with the data that were present at the time but have since been resolved. The following tabs contain details of resolved data issues more than six months old, arranged by the OS NGD themes they apply to.
For more information on temporal filtering within OS Select+Build, please see the getting started with temporal filtering page.
GB Postcode Unit Point ward codes not updating
The values of 'Ward' have not been updated with the latest Government Statistical Service (GSS) ward code in which the (data schema version 1.1) are notionally positioned.
A fix has been implemented and should be present for the next release of data for the OS GB Postcodes Collection, available from 19 October 2026. This will result in approximately 116 000 changes to Ward references. Issue first reported: 20/08/2026
As we release new data and access enhancements for the OS NGD, we will update this page to provide you with a high-level summary of what's launched.
The is available to view on Aha! It outlines our focus areas for enhancements and new releases for the OS NGD and our Download products (Premium and OpenData products) over the next two years.
Planned improvements to existing OS NGD data are also called out on the OS Data Products Roadmap. A high-level summary of improvements we've recently made to existing OS NGD data can be found on the .
The new data enhancements for the OS NGD are expected to continue to launch twice a year in spring and autumn. Access enhancements related to the OS NGD are not tied to spring and autumn new data enhancement releases and can occur throughout the year.
Address – Bringing richer Royal Mail address data, stronger UPRN connections and deeper property insight into the OS NGD
More Royal Mail data, delivered through OS: The enhancement expands the Royal Mail Address Feature Types with new datasets, bringing customers closer to a complete view of Royal Mail address intelligence through a single OS product.
Introducing Not Yet Built (NYB) addresses: Gain visibility of addresses known to Royal Mail before they become live delivery points, helping organisations plan for new developments, customer onboarding, service delivery and infrastructure investment.
Unlocking Multiple Residence (MR) insight: Better understand complex addresses, such as flats, apartments and shared-entry properties, through enhanced sub-premise information of postal addresses that sit behind a single front door.
Stronger links through UPRNs (Unique Property Reference Numbers): Enhanced matching between Royal Mail records and UPRNs makes it easier to connect address data to wider OS and third-party datasets, supporting better integration, analytics and decision-making.
Richer address intelligence: New OS-derived attributes (including full address, postcode geography and match indicators) provide additional context to support search, filtering, validation and operational workflows.
A future-focused roadmap: October 2026 is the next step in a broader programme of Royal Mail enhancements, with future support planned for Alias and Postcode Information File (PIF) content.
Administrative and Statistical Units – Regional Authorities
Additional features have been added to data schema version 2.0 of the that represent operative English combined authorities: English Combined Authority, English Combined County Authority, English Foundation Strategic Authority, English Mayoral Strategic Authority and English Established Mayoral Strategic Authority.
The fifth OS recommended recipe guide has published on the site:
: The guide provides a geospatial toolkit to help you identify the level of access to natural areas from existing addresses, both residential and commercial; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, administrative and statistical units, buildings, geographical names, land use and water data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe.
The suggested recipe will be useful for town and city planners who want to assess access to natural areas from existing commercial and residential addresses, and provide evidence to help inform compliance with Natural England's Green Infrastructure Framework.
The fourth OS recommended recipe guide has published on the site:
: The guide provides a geospatial toolkit for helping you identify the location of bridges, tunnels, fords and crossing points using the OS NGD; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, structures, transport and water data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe.
The suggested recipe will be useful for organisations (particularly emergency services) that need to understand critical infrastructure and mobility restrictions for vehicles and pedestrians.
A new has been added to the site; this explainer goes through transport networks in the OS NGD and how the data and feature types in the collections fit together. It covers the following topics:
Building routable transport networks
Road, path, ferry and rail networks
Routing information
Streets and asset management information
Other road network information
A new has been added to the site; this guide contains specific advice on how to make the most of OS NGD Land Use data and includes the following topics:
How OS represents human activity or the economic function of an area or piece of land
How OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications are assigned and maintained
How Sites relate spatially to surrounding features
How address records are matched and summarised
Two more OS recommended recipe guides have been published on the site:
– The guide contains detailed step-by-step instructions outlining how you can create a recipe in OS Select+Build to identify higher-risk buildings. It provides a geospatial toolkit that will help you use OS NGD data to identify if a building in occupation in Great Britain is classified as higher-risk by the Building Safety Act 2022 and the Higher-Risk Buildings (Descriptions and Supplementary Provisions) Regulations 2023.
– The guide provides a geospatial toolkit for helping you calculate safer routes to schools across Great Britain; its step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of addressing, routing and transport network data from the OS NGD and weave them into a recipe in OS Select+Build.
The first OS recommended recipe guide was published on the site:
– This guide provides a geospatial toolkit to help you understand green spaces across Great Britain; the step-by-step instructions outline how to select relevant pieces of topographic data from the OS NGD and weave them into a greenspace recipe in OS Select+Build.
The suggested recipe will help support research, management, planning, auditing and policy for greenspace use cases.
When you order data using OS Select+Build, you create a recipe to define the data you need. Selecting the right data from OS NGD themes can be complex, so we are developing a to help you get started with common use cases, focussing on areas where many customers have similar requirements.
These guides are intended as a starting point and you can adapt the suggested recipes at the recipe creation or editing stage so that they fully meet your needs.
We expect to add further recommended recipe guides over time.
Administrative and Statistical Units – retail areas
A new has been added to the OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme. Functional areas are algorithmically derived notional geographies; they provide nationally consistent data for use in planning, policy and research.
Retail areas are the first feature types to be included in the new collection:
features reflect high streets, shopping centres and retail parks.
features reflect smaller clusters of retail addresses.
Administrative and Statistical Units – postcodes
Two new collections have been added to the OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme: the and . The collections provide complete, analytical and authoritative postcode datasets for Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
Postcodes for Great Britain are available via an API for the first time ().
Postcode Unit Point Feature Types are available for and . When used together, these feature types include every postcode in the Royal Mail's Postcode Address File (PAF) content with Ordnance Survey’s and Ordnance Survey of Northern Ireland's geospatial attribution for the first time. The identical schemas for these feature types enable compatibility and let you achieve full UK postcode coverage.
Structures
The addition of third-party bridge information to features. Existing bridge data for Great Britain has now been enriched with third-party attribution (i.e. for canal bridges). Rather than creating new bridge geometries, the data ensures bridge names, numbers and the name of the expert third party who provided the information are linked to the Compound Structure features.
Transport
Full data coverage for and data across Great Britain was achieved by March 2026. There was partial data coverage across Great Britain for the Bus Lane and Cycle Lane Feature Types between September 2025 (when the two feature types were launched) and March 2026, with iterative increases in coverage released monthly. There's now a consistent and maintained dataset of bus lanes and cycle lanes for the whole of Great Britain.
This issue was resolved by 27 February 2026.
Incorrect GSS code values for Barnsley and Sheffield
The GSS codes for Sheffield and Barnsley have only been updated in OS NGD Address GB Collection features that have received change-only updates (COUs) since 01/04/2025. Features in Sheffield or Barnsley that have not received COU since this date will display the previous (incorrect) GSS code.
24/06/2025
We are pleased to inform you that the fix for GSS codes affecting the OS NGD Address GB Collection was made available to customers on Tuesday 24/06/2025.
Site count discrepancies for some Land features
In a small number of instances, the Containing Site Count attribute presents the wrong value in Land features. This error only impacts 0.7% of Land features, and we expect it to be fixed by early October 2024.
12/10/2024
This issue was resolved on 12 October 2024. Any data ordered or provided after this date will include the fixed data.
Duplicate features in the OS NGD Structures and OS NGD Land Themes, and duplicate features in OS NGD Structures and OS NGD Building Themes
Following a recent update, not all features which were due to move themes fully migrated from one OS NGD theme to another. There are 3 595 duplicate features in the below themes:
3 584 ‘slipway’ features are in both the OS NGD Structures Theme and the OS NGD Land Theme. These features should only be available in the OS NGD Land Theme.
11 ‘Grandstand’ features are in both the OS NGD Structures Theme and the OS NGD Buildings Theme. These features should only be available in the Building Part Feature Type.
The duplicated features have the same ID when represented in the more than one feature type.
02/09/2025
This issue was resolved on 02 September 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 October 2025.
Duplicate features in the OS NGD Structures and OS NGD Land Themes, and duplicate features in OS NGD Structures and OS NGD Building Themes
Following a recent update, not all features which were due to move themes fully migrated from one OS NGD theme to another. There are 3 595 duplicate features in the below themes:
3 584 ‘slipway’ features are in both the OS NGD Structures Theme and the OS NGD Land Theme. These features should only be available in the OS NGD Land Theme.
11 ‘Grandstand’ features are in both the OS NGD Structures Theme and the OS NGD Buildings Theme. These features should only be available in the Building Part Feature Type.
The duplicated features have the same ID when represented in the more than one feature type.
02/09/2025
This issue was resolved on 02 September 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 October 2025.
This issue was resolved on 12/12/2025.
Road Links with unexpected pavement update dates
17 Road Link features (data schema versions 2.0, 3.0 and 4.0) with an incorrect Presence of Pavement Update Date attribute date value in the future (2999). The update date should reflect when the attribute was last updated, so it should never be a future date. This issue is currently being investigated.
05/11/2025
This issue was resolved on 05 November 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 December 2025.
Duplicate Street Light features
There are around 84 000 Street Light features that are duplicated in Milton Keynes, Bedford and surrounding areas. This means that in this area, each street Light geometry is replicated twice; however, each geometry will still have its own unique OSID.
03/04/2025
This issue was resolved on 03 April 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 May 2025.
Incorrect Street Light coverage values on Road Links
We are aware of an issue that has caused a small number of incorrect values for Street Light coverage attribution on Road Links. Impacted Road Links will have a Presence Of Street Light Coverage attribute value that does not align with the evidence of street light presence in the Street Light Feature Type.
For example, a Road Link that has Street Lights features along it may have a coverage value of 'Fully Unlit' when it does in fact have Street Light features alongside it.
This issue affects approximately 0.45% of Road Links.
03/04/2025
This issue was resolved on 03 April 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 May 2025.
Incorrect speed values
Speed data is supplied quarterly from our third-party supplier. We have identified an issue in which OS have not correctly processed this data. This has resulted in possible incorrect values in the Average and Indicative Speed Feature Type.
25/07/2024
This issue was resolved on 25 July 2024. Any data ordered or provided after this date will include the fixed data.
Welsh speed limit changes
On 17 September 2023, default 20 mph speed limits were introduced across Wales. We are aware that these changes are not yet reflected in the Average and Indicative Speed Feature Type. Speed limit data is supplied by our third-party supplier quarterly. The most recent supply occurred before the Welsh speed limit changes took place and therefore will not be reflected in the OS NGD until the next supply. We expect the updated Welsh speed limits to be in NGD from December 2023.
13/12/2023
This issue was resolved on 13 December 2023. Any data ordered or provided after this date will include updated Welsh speed limit data.
Incorrect speed values
In the Average and Indicative Speed Feature Type, the indicative speed value for individual Road Links can be inferred by Ordnance Survey. We are aware that in certain instances some of these indicative speed values are incorrect. We are working to resolve this issue and have an approximate implementation date of the start of July 2023. This issue impacts just over 2% (174 000) of the total Road Links in the Average and Indicative Speed Feature Type.
02/07/2023
This issue was resolved on 02 July 2023. Any data ordered or provided after this date will include the fixed data.
This issue was resolved on 28 January 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 February 2026.
Unexpectedly null Catchment Name and Catchment ID for Water Links
Approximately 19 000 Water Link features (data schema version 1.0) incorrectly have a null Catchment Name and Catchment ID. Only links which straddle catchment boundaries or sit entirely outside catchments should have null values in these attributes.
28/10/2025
This issue was resolved on 28 October 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 November 2025.
Water Link features with an End Node attribute value of 'MissingXRef'
3 667 Water Link features (data schema version 1.0) erroneously have an End Node attribute value of 'MissingXRef'. This may cause problems with validation as the value is not a valid OSID.
28/10/2025
This issue was resolved on 28 October 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 November 2025.
Orphaned Water Nodes
1 007 Water Node features (data schema version 1.0) are not referenced by any extant Water Link.
28/10/2025
This issue was resolved on 28 October 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 November 2025.
Unexpected Water Link names
Approximately 4 000 Water Link features (data schema version 1.0) are not being named as expected: Name 1 Text / Name 2 Text attribute populated with the name from the longest (by length) named waterway; Name Secondary 1 Text attribute populated with the name of the next longest named waterway, etc.
28/10/2025
This issue was resolved on 28 October 2025. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 November 2025.
This issue was resolved on 17 August 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 September 2026.
Missing records in Street to Path Link cross reference table
95 Path Links with a Match Status of 'Matched' or 'Matched With Attribute Discrepancy' do not appear in trn_ntwk_street_pathlinkref as expected.
17/08/2026
This issue was resolved on 17 August 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 September 2026.
Street to Road Link and Street to Path Link reference tables refer to non-existent features
59 records in the Street to Road Link reference table and 16 records in the Street to Path Link reference table refer to Road Links / Path Links features which no longer exist. This issue is currently being investigated.
24/07/2026
This issue was resolved on 24 July 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 August 2026.
Superfluous Road and Path Nodes
83 superfluous Road Nodes and 6 Path Nodes are unexpectedly present in OS NGD Transport Networks. These nodes are not referenced by any existing links. This issue is currently being investigated.
24/07/2026
This issue was resolved on 24 July 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 August 2026.
Restriction timeinterval exceeding schema maximum length
1 Restriction feature (ab7bb3b3-a9e3-4604-85cc-68e3a2bec911) where the value in timeinterval exceeds the maximum length for the attribute (254 characters). This issue is currently being investigated.
07/07/2026
This issue was resolved on 07 July 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 August 2026.
Highway Dedication to Network Feature cross reference table refers to non-existent features.
20 records in the Highway Dedication to Network Feature cross reference table reference Road Link (data schema versions 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0) features which do not exist. 114 records reference Path Link (data schema versions 1.0, 2.0, 3.0) features which do not exist and 16 records reference Street (data schema version 1.0) features which do not exist. This issue is currently being investigated.
07/07/2026
This issue was resolved on 07 July 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 August 2026.
Referencing errors in the Road and Path Network
8 Road features (data schema version 1.0) reference non-existent Road Link (data schema versions 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0) features.
4 Path features (data schema version 1.0) reference non-existent Path Link (data schema versions 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0) features.
07/07/2026
This issue was resolved on 07 July 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 August 2026.
Restriction referencing errors
1 Restriction feature (data schema version 1.0) references a non-existent Road Link (data schema versions 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0) features. This issue is currently being investigated.
07/07/2026
This issue was resolved on 07 July 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 August 2026.
Streets data layers missing a small number of features
A small number of features in the following feature types are missing when compared to the comparable tables in OS MasterMap Highways Network: Maintenance (data schema version 1.0), Reinstatement (data schema version 1.0), Highway Dedication (data schema version 1.0), Street (data schema version 1.0).
10/05/2026
This issue was resolved on 10 May 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 June 2026.
Interruption to the supply of Daily Updates for OS NGD Building Part (February 2025) and impact on topological data ‘surface’ of OS NGD 'Feature' Collections
We are currently deploying improvements to the Building Height data available on OS NGD Building Part (data schema v1.0 and v2.0) until 24 February 2025. During this period, daily updates to the Building Part Feature Type, such as changes captured by surveyors, will be temporarily paused. These changes will be reflected in the product data after the completion of the improvements.
Consequently, users may observe anomalies in the consistency of the topological surface when utilising various OS NGD 'Feature' Collections (such as OS NGD Land Features). These anomalies will manifest as holes or overlaps where the Building Part feature has not been updated concurrently with the surrounding features. This impact will also be visible in OS NGD API – Features and OS NGD API – Tiles.
Please note that we advise against using counts from the OS NGD Building Part Feature Type with a temporal filter set between 02 February 2025 and 24 February 2025 as the counts may not be accurate due to the impact on a small number of topographic features.
24/02/2025
The improvements were completed by 24/02/2025 as planned and Daily Updates resumed as normal for impacted feature types.
Please note that we advise against using counts from the OS NGD Building Part Feature Type with a temporal filter set between 02 February 2025 and 24 February 2025 as the counts may not be accurate due to the impact of the improvement work on a small number of topographic features.
3D geometry missing in GeoPackage format for some feature types in the OS NGD Transport Network and Water Network Collections
In the OS NGD Transport Network Collection and OS NGD Water Network Collection, there are multiple feature types that contain 3D geometry. We are aware of an issue where 3D geometry is not being supplied in the GeoPackage format. This issue impacts the following feature types: Connecting Link, Connecting Node, Ferry Link, Ferry Node, Path Link, Path Node, Road Link, Road Node, Water Link and Water Node. Customers taking CSV format will not be affected.
26/11/2024
This issue was resolved on 26 November 2024. To receive updated data:
Customers who have only ordered once: Customers will need to re-order to receive the corrected data.
Monthly Update Customers: 01 December monthly updates with corrected data will be supplied as normal.
Annual Update Customers: 01 January annual updates with corrected data will be supplied as normal.
Topographic features missing from four feature types
From 26 September 2024 to 31 October 2024, an issue affected the following four OS NGD feature types, causing features to be missing from the data:
OS NGD Building Part Feature Type: ~80 000 features are missing from data schema v2.0 compared to data schema v1.0.
OS NGD Land Feature Type: ~38 000 features are missing from data schema v3.0 compared to data schema v2.0.
OS NGD Water and OS NGD Structure Feature Types: ~100 features are missing in total across both feature types from data schema v3.0 compared to data schema v2.0.
For example, where an affected Building feature should be visible, a blank area will instead be seen, creating a ‘gap’:
31/10/2024
This issue was resolved on 31 October 2024. Any data ordered or provided after this date will include the fixed data.
Please note, we advise against using counts from the four aforementioned affected OS NGD feature type datasets when taking historic snapshots of data between 26 September 2024 and 31 October 2024 as the counts may not be accurate due to the missing topographic features.
Duplicate rows in the Postal Address Related Component
We are aware of an issue with daily Change‑Only Update (COU) supplies, resulting in a small number of duplicated rows in the Postal Address Related Component.
This issue only affects customers with orders containing OS NGD Address feature types data schema versions 1.0 or 2.0 who received a daily supply between 11 and 18 February.
If you believe you are affected by this issue, please contact us for assistance.
04/03/2026
This issue was resolved on 04 March 2026.
Small numbers of UPRNs appearing across lifecycle feature types in COUs
We are aware of an issue affecting the OS NGD Address Theme where a small number of Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs; approximately 500 out of 43 million) are appearing in more than one lifecycle feature type (i.e. present in both the Built Address Feature Type and the Pre‑Build Address Feature Type) within Change‑Only Updates (COUs).
Three missing parishes from the Parish Or Community Feature Type
The Margaret March, Tollard Royal and Marlow Bottom Civil Parish (CP) within the Parish Or Community Feature Type (data schema version 1.0) are missing from the May 2025 release of data.
This issue is currently being investigated and we are working to fix it for a future release.
October 2025
The three missing parishes were restored to the Parish Or Community Feature Type in the October 2025 release of data for the OS Boundaries Collection.
Intertidal areas beneath Travelling Cranes and Supported Conveyors not present
Intertidal areas beneath Travelling Cranes and Supported Conveyors are not currently present and will be added in a future data improvement. This applies to data schema version 3.2 of the Land Feature Type.
September 2025
This issue was resolved in September 2025.
Intertidal areas beneath elevated structures situated over intertidal islands not present
Intertidal areas beneath elevated structures situated over intertidal islands are not currently present and will be added in a future data improvement. This applies to data schema version 3.2 of the Land Feature Type.
September 2025
Uppercase and lowercase variations of two description values in Site Feature Type data schema v1.2
Two description values in data schema v1.2 of the Site Feature Type contain duplicates with uppercase and lowercase variations.
25 September 2024
Data schema v1.0 of Site was launched incorrectly with two description values that did not align with OS casing standards, and on 25 September 2024 the data and related code list were updated to fix this issue.
The two affected values are:
Education Support Site
Public Waste Disposal Site
The OS NGD access services of OS NGD API – Features and OS Select+Build validate against the data schema, meaning both versions of the description values must be retained to facilitate filtering.
The lowercase values (i.e. Education Support site and Public Waste Disposal site) should be used to filter and retrieve historical features (before 25/09/24), while the uppercase values (i.e. Education Support Site and Public Waste Disposal Site) should be used for records after this date.
This issue only affects data schema version 1.2 of Site; data schema v2.0 of Site was launched with the casing standards consistently applied.
Field Boundary data quality
At the time of launch of the Field Boundary Feature Type (March 2024; data schema version 1.0), areas of Great Britain were still to be quality checked and will be improved as part of OS’s continuous quality review programme when updated imagery is available. Most of the known data quality errors are either in Moorland areas or where imagery was captured earlier in the year and vegetated features are ‘leaf-off’. Data issue identification date: 27/03/2024.
01/03/2026
This issue was resolved by 01/03/2026 through improvements made to the automated method used to identify field boundary data. More information is available from the OS NGD Improvements page.
Some underground Structure features are missing from the Habitat Coverage cross reference table
Three underground Structure features with an OS Land Cover Tier B attribute of ‘Coniferous Trees’, ‘Non-Coniferous Trees’, ‘Scattered Coniferous Trees’ or ‘Scattered Non-Coniferous Trees’ are missing from the corresponding Habitat Coverage Reference cross reference table. This issue impacts the Land Feature Type. Data issue identification date: 15/04/2024.
03/11/2025
Street Light features refer to non-existent links
7 Street Light features refer to a Road Link (data schema versions 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0) that does not currently exist. This issue is currently being investigated.
14/02/2026
This issue was resolved on 14/02/2026.
Road Links with unexpected 0 values for pavement width attributes
187 Road Link features (data schema versions 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0) where we would expect their Presence of Pavement Minimum Width M and Presence of Pavement Average Width M attributes to be populated have a value of 0 for these attributes. This issue is currently being investigated.
Incorrect 0m width values for Water Links
There are 190 Water Link features (data schema version 2.0) that have Width Average, Width Minimum and Width Maximum attribute values of 0m. There are an additional 385 Water Link features (data schema version 2.0) that have a Width Minimum attribute value of 0m.
28/01/2026
This issue was resolved on 28 January 2026. Customers who take monthly updates will see this fix in the next update on 01 February 2026.
Unexpectedly null Level of Detail values for Water Links
7 Water Link features (data schema version 1.0) incorrectly have a null Level of Detail attribute value. All Water Links should have this value populated. This issue is currently being investigated.
27/02/2026
This issue was resolved in September 2025.
This issue was resolved on 03/11/2025.
12/12/2025
28/01/2026
National street gazetteers, GeoPlace and Improvement Service
Transport features
How OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications map across to one another
How Site Description values map across to OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications
Which Sites have populated Status attribute values
Retail Area Aggregated features provide information on retail areas, from small local centres, through town centres to a single national centre.
The three new retail areas feature types define notional geographic extents of retail locations across Great Britain, identifying clusters of buildings with retail addresses.
Recently delivered data and access enhancements to the OS NGD are listed below.








The Site Description Value Code List now includes a new value of 'Derelict'.
New attribution supplied against the Road Link Feature Type to indicate the presence of bus lanes and cycle lanes.
More information on the land cover enhancements is available from the OS NGD Land cover enhancements pages in the 'Using OS NGD Data' section.
Available rail network attribution now includes track representation (single / multitrack, siding) and use (freight / passenger / mixed).
New Pavement Link Feature Type added to the OS Transport Network Collection, giving information on the presence of pavements on the Road Network. More information on this enhancement is available from the OS NGD Transport pages in the Using OS NGD Data section.
New attribution added to the Road Link Feature Type, giving details about pavement presence: left or right side of road, coverage, and minimum and average width. More information on this enhancement is available from the OS NGD Transport pages in the 'Using OS NGD Data' section.

The Royal Mail Address Feature Type provides Royal Mail delivery point addresses, a point geometry and information describing the relationship they have with local authority addresses.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
2.0
08 October 2026
Ongoing
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
Royal Mail related components are provided for Royal Mail Address Feature Type data schema version 2.0 onward; they are not provided against data schema version 1.0 or 1.1 of the feature type.
Customers taking data schema version 2.0 onward of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Royal Mail Address
Related components: Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias
However, the three Royal Mail related components (, and ) will only be provided for Royal Mail Address features if the Description attribute is 'Postcode Address File'. Against all other Royal Mail Address features where the Description attribute is 'Not Yet Built', the related components will be provided but will be populated as 'Null'.
Please see the for more information about the three Royal Mail related components.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) assigned by Royal Mail as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
For some organisations, department name is indicated because mail is received by subdivisions of the main organisation at distinct delivery points.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The sub building name and / or number are identifiers for subdivisions of properties.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The building name is a description applied to a single building or a small group of buildings, such as HIGHFIELD HOUSE. This also includes those building numbers that contain non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the building name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The building number is a number given to a single building or a small group of buildings, thus identifying it from its neighbours, for example, 44. Building numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Building Name or the Sub Building Name fields.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 4
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In certain places, for example, town centres, there are named thoroughfares within other named thoroughfares, for example, parades of shops on a high street where different parades have their own identity. For example, KINGS PARADE, HIGH STREET and QUEENS PARADE, HIGH STREET.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
A thoroughfare is a road, track or named access route on which there are Royal Mail delivery points, for example, HIGH STREET.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
This is used to distinguish between similar thoroughfares or the same thoroughfare within a dependent locality. For example, Millbrook Industrial Estate and Cranford Estate in this situation: BRUNEL WAY, MILLBROOK INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON and BRUNEL WAY, CRANFORD ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Dependent locality areas define an area within a post town. These are only necessary for postal purposes and are used to aid differentiation where there are thoroughfares of the same name in the same locality. For example, High Street in Shirley and Swaythling in this situation: HIGH STREET, SHIRLEY, SOUTHAMPTON and HIGH STREET, SWAYTHLING, SOUTHAMPTON.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The town or city in which the Royal Mail sorting office is located which services this record. There may be more than one, possibly several, sorting offices in a town or city.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The postcode area is identified by one or two alpha characters at the start of the postcode, the letters being derived from a town, city or district falling within the postcode area. There are, at present, 124 postcode areas in Great Britain, for example, FK for Falkirk, CF for Cardiff and SO for Southampton. For more information about the postcode area, please consult chapter one 'Structure of a PAF address' of the .
Data Types: String (GeoJSON), String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The postcode district is identified by one or two alphanumeric characters following the postcode area, for example, FK1 for Falkirk, CF10 for Cardiff and SO16 for Southampton. For more information about the postcode district, please consult chapter one 'Structure of a PAF address' of the .
Data Types: String (GeoJSON), String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 4
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The postcode sector is a sub-area of a postcode district. It's identified by one numeric character following the postcode district (with a space included), for example, FK1 1 for Falkirk, CF10 1 for Cardiff and SO16 1 for Southampton. For more information about the postcode sector, please consult chapter one 'Structure of a PAF address' of the .
Data Types: String (GeoJSON), String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
A single numeric digit derived from the associated postcode. The Postcode Information File (PIF) Checksum Digit is derived from the postcode using the Royal Mail postcode checksum algorithm. The Checksum Digit is not part of the postcode itself and should not be represented as part of the postcode value. For more information about PIF attribution, please consult chapter 12 'Postcode Information File' of the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Details the delivery point address, described as either the relevant building number, or a string containing the most significant 50 characters of the delivery point description (as held as display text within the Postcode Address File – PAF). The Display Text Field will contain only the house number information unless properties do not have a house number, in which case the house name will appear. Where flats occur, the relevant flat information from the PAF will appear. For organisations which appear on the PAF, the organisation will appear on the Postcode Information File (PIF). For more information about PIF attribution, please consult chapter 12 'Postcode Information File' of the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Describes the address as a small or large user as defined by Royal Mail.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 10
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation. This is available only where the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) Address is matched to a Local Authority Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 25
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation, Sub-Building Name and / or Building Name and / or Building Number, Thoroughfare, Locality, Post Town and Postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
A two-character code uniquely identifying an individual delivery point within a postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Dependent Thoroughfare.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Thoroughfare.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Double Dependent Locality.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Dependent Locality.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Welsh translation of Post Town.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The date the Royal Mail record last changed.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Date of the change file that first supplied the Royal Mail record.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Describes the method by which a geometry was allocated to the Royal Mail record. Where a Royal Mail record is matched to a Local Authority record, the geometry will be assigned from the matched record. Where a Royal Mail record cannot be directly matched, geometry will be assigned by reference to a parent record, a street, or records which share the postcode unit, sector, district or area – in the listed order of preference. Where none of the listed methods are available, the geometry will be allocated to an internal centre point for the Local Authority area or Island in which the Royal Mail address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 25
Describes the reason that the Royal Mail record has not been matched to a Local Authority record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The date on which the Unmatched Reason value was captured.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) to which a Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) has been matched.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The feature type of the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) to which the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) has been matched.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 25
Indicates whether a matched Local Authority Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) is considered to be the primary match by GeoPlace and / or the relevant Local Authority. This attribute is particularly useful when a Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) is matched to multiple UPRNs as it will provide a one-to-one relationship between the UPRN and UDPRN.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
A description of the relationship assigned between the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) and the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN). Where a Postcode Address File (PAF) record relates directly to a Local Authority record, this is set to ‘Direct.’ If a ‘Direct’ match cannot be found, a PAF record may be matched to a Parent, Neighbour or Street record in Local Authority data, in order to estimate a position for the PAF record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 20
The date on which the match was made between the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) and the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN).
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The method by which the match was made.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 10
Describes the organisation which made the match between the Royal Mail record and the Local Authority record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 25
The Royal Mail Address Feature Type provides Royal Mail delivery point addresses, a point geometry and information describing the relationship they have with local authority addresses.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: royalmailaddressdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: geometryallocationmethodvalue
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Major version increment. New attribution added for Full Address, Country, Primary UPRN Match, Postcode Area, Postcode District, Postcode Sector, PIF (Postcode Information File) Checksum Digit and PIF Display Text.
The Postcode, Post Town, Welsh Post Town, Geometry Allocation Method and Positional Accuracy attributes are now filterable in OS Select+Build.
New Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias Related Components added.
1.1
08 October 2026
Ongoing
Minor version increment. Update to schema to make the Description attribute filterable in OS Select+Build.
1.0
30 September 2025
30 September 2026
Initial launch of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
There are certain non-geographic districts. In these instances, a district code is allocated to cover all large users in the postcode area. For more information about the postcode, please consult chapter one 'Structure of a PAF address' of the Royal Mail Programmer's Guide.
All Postcode Address File (PAF) Mainfile addresses have associated Postcode Information File (PIF) attribution, although this attribution may present as null where the daily publication PAF Mainfile address has been created or edited and has not yet appeared in the subsequent monthly publication of PIF.
All PIF attribution will appear as null upon initial release of v2.0 of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type, with publication in the OS NGD expected to begin in 2027.
All Postcode Address File (PAF) Mainfile addresses have associated Postcode Information File (PIF) attribution, although this attribution may present as null where the daily publication PAF Mainfile address has been created or edited and has not yet appeared in the subsequent monthly publication of PIF.
All PIF attribution will appear as null upon initial release of v2.0 of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type, with publication in the OS NGD expected to begin in 2027.
1.1
08 October 2026
Ongoing
Minor version increment. Update to schema to make the Description attribute filterable in OS Select+Build.
1.0
30 September 2025
30 September 2026
Initial launch of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type.
Please see Data schema versioning for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the Getting started with temporal filtering guide.
Royal Mail related components are provided for Royal Mail Address Feature Type data schema version 2.0 onward; they are not provided against data schema version 1.0 or 1.1 of the feature type.
Customers taking data schema version 2.0 onward of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Royal Mail Address
Related components: Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias
However, the three Royal Mail related components (Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias) will only be provided for Royal Mail Address features if the Description attribute is 'Postcode Address File'. Against all other Royal Mail Address features where the Description attribute is 'Not Yet Built', the related components will be provided but will be populated as 'Null'.
Please see the Address Related Components page for more information about the three Royal Mail related components.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) assigned by Royal Mail as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: changetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: themevalue
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: royalmailaddressdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
For some organisations, department name is indicated because mail is received by subdivisions of the main organisation at distinct delivery points.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 60
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The sub building name and / or number are identifiers for subdivisions of properties.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The building name is a description applied to a single building or a small group of buildings, such as HIGHFIELD HOUSE. This also includes those building numbers that contain non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the building name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The building number is a number given to a single building or a small group of buildings, thus identifying it from its neighbours, for example, 44. Building numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Building Name or the Sub Building Name fields.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 4
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
In certain places, for example, town centres, there are named thoroughfares within other named thoroughfares, for example, parades of shops on a high street where different parades have their own identity. For example, KINGS PARADE, HIGH STREET and QUEENS PARADE, HIGH STREET.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
A thoroughfare is a road, track or named access route on which there are Royal Mail delivery points, for example, HIGH STREET.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
This is used to distinguish between similar thoroughfares or the same thoroughfare within a dependent locality. For example, Millbrook Industrial Estate and Cranford Estate in this situation: BRUNEL WAY, MILLBROOK INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON and BRUNEL WAY, CRANFORD ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Dependent locality areas define an area within a post town. These are only necessary for postal purposes and are used to aid differentiation where there are thoroughfares of the same name in the same locality. For example, High Street in Shirley and Swaythling in this situation: HIGH STREET, SHIRLEY, SOUTHAMPTON and HIGH STREET, SWAYTHLING, SOUTHAMPTON.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The town or city in which the Royal Mail sorting office is located which services this record. There may be more than one, possibly several, sorting offices in a town or city.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode area is identified by one or two alpha characters at the start of the postcode, the letters being derived from a town, city or district falling within the postcode area. There are, at present, 124 postcode areas in Great Britain, for example, FK for Falkirk, CF for Cardiff and SO for Southampton. For more information about the postcode area, please consult chapter one 'Structure of a PAF address' of the Royal Mail Programmer's Guide.
Data Types: String (GeoJSON), String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The postcode district is identified by one or two alphanumeric characters following the postcode area, for example, FK1 for Falkirk, CF10 for Cardiff and SO16 for Southampton. For more information about the postcode district, please consult chapter one 'Structure of a PAF address' of the Royal Mail Programmer's Guide.
Data Types: String (GeoJSON), String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 4
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
The postcode sector is a sub-area of a postcode district. It's identified by one numeric character following the postcode district (with a space included), for example, FK1 1 for Falkirk, CF10 1 for Cardiff and SO16 1 for Southampton. For more information about the postcode sector, please consult chapter one 'Structure of a PAF address' of the Royal Mail Programmer's Guide.
Data Types: String (GeoJSON), String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
A single numeric digit derived from the associated postcode. The Postcode Information File (PIF) Checksum Digit is derived from the postcode using the Royal Mail postcode checksum algorithm. The Checksum Digit is not part of the postcode itself and should not be represented as part of the postcode value. For more information about PIF attribution, please consult chapter 12 'Postcode Information File' of the Royal Mail Programmer's Guide.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Details the delivery point address, described as either the relevant building number, or a string containing the most significant 50 characters of the delivery point description (as held as display text within the Postcode Address File – PAF). The Display Text Field will contain only the house number information unless properties do not have a house number, in which case the house name will appear. Where flats occur, the relevant flat information from the PAF will appear. For organisations which appear on the PAF, the organisation will appear on the Postcode Information File (PIF). For more information about PIF attribution, please consult chapter 12 'Postcode Information File' of the Royal Mail Programmer's Guide.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Describes the address as a small or large user as defined by Royal Mail.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: postcodetypevalue
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation. This is available only where the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) Address is matched to a Local Authority Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: countryvalue
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation, Sub-Building Name and / or Building Name and / or Building Number, Thoroughfare, Locality, Post Town and Postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
A two-character code uniquely identifying an individual delivery point within a postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The Welsh translation of Dependent Thoroughfare.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The Welsh translation of Thoroughfare.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 80
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The Welsh translation of Double Dependent Locality.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The Welsh translation of Dependent Locality.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The Welsh translation of Post Town.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date the Royal Mail record last changed.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Date of the change file that first supplied the Royal Mail record.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Geometry Type: Point
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Describes the method by which a geometry was allocated to the Royal Mail record. Where a Royal Mail record is matched to a Local Authority record, the geometry will be assigned from the matched record. Where a Royal Mail record cannot be directly matched, geometry will be assigned by reference to a parent record, a street, or records which share the postcode unit, sector, district or area – in the listed order of preference. Where none of the listed methods are available, the geometry will be allocated to an internal centre point for the Local Authority area or Island in which the Royal Mail address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: geometryallocationmethodvalue
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 25
Describes the reason that the Royal Mail record has not been matched to a Local Authority record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date on which the Unmatched Reason value was captured.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) to which a Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) has been matched.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The feature type of the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) to which the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) has been matched.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: matchedaddressfeaturetypevalue
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Indicates whether a matched Local Authority Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) is considered to be the primary match by GeoPlace and / or the relevant Local Authority. This attribute is particularly useful when a Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) is matched to multiple UPRNs as it will provide a one-to-one relationship between the UPRN and UDPRN.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: yesnovalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
A description of the relationship assigned between the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) and the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN). Where a Postcode Address File (PAF) record relates directly to a Local Authority record, this is set to ‘Direct.’ If a ‘Direct’ match cannot be found, a PAF record may be matched to a Parent, Neighbour or Street record in Local Authority data, in order to estimate a position for the PAF record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: rmtolamatchtypevalue
Max Length: 20
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The date on which the match was made between the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) and the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN).
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
The method by which the match was made.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: matchmethodvalue
Max Length: 10
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
Describes the organisation which made the match between the Royal Mail record and the Local Authority record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: matchingorganisationvalue
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1, 2.0
2.0
08 October 2026
Ongoing
Major version increment. New attribution added for Full Address, Country, Primary UPRN Match, Postcode Area, Postcode District, Postcode Sector, PIF (Postcode Information File) Checksum Digit and PIF Display Text.
The Postcode, Post Town, Welsh Post Town, Geometry Allocation Method and Positional Accuracy attributes are now filterable in OS Select+Build.
New Multiple Residence, Delivery Point Alias and Other Alias Related Components added.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
There are certain non-geographic districts. In these instances, a district code is allocated to cover all large users in the postcode area. For more information about the postcode, please consult chapter one 'Structure of a PAF address' of the .
All Postcode Address File (PAF) Mainfile addresses have associated Postcode Information File (PIF) attribution, although this attribution may present as null where the daily publication PAF Mainfile address has been created or edited and has not yet appeared in the subsequent monthly publication of PIF.
All PIF attribution will appear as null upon initial release of v2.0 of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type, with publication in the OS NGD expected to begin in 2027.
All Postcode Address File (PAF) Mainfile addresses have associated Postcode Information File (PIF) attribution, although this attribution may present as null where the daily publication PAF Mainfile address has been created or edited and has not yet appeared in the subsequent monthly publication of PIF.
All PIF attribution will appear as null upon initial release of v2.0 of the Royal Mail Address Feature Type, with publication in the OS NGD expected to begin in 2027.
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Data Schema Version: 1.1
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.1
The Historic Address Feature Type represents local authority addresses that are no longer in existence. This can occur as a result of demolition or the merging of two built properties to become one new single address, or the splitting of a single property into multiple flats for example.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
3.0
30 September 2025
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Text concatenation of 'PO BOX' and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Sub Name is the secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Sub Name: 'CRYNANT LIBRARY', Name: 'CRYNANT COMMUNITY CENTRE'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The name is the English language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS' (Welsh: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE'). This attribute will also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on a given street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). This includes numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters, for example, 1-11 and 10A.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 16
The Alternate Language Sub Name is the alternate language secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Alternate Language Sub Name: 'LLYFRGELL Y CREUNANT', Alternate Language Name: 'CANOLFAN CYMUNED CREUNANT'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Name is the alternate language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE' (English: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS'). This attribute may also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on each street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). Numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Name or the Sub Name attributes.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Concatenation of the following alternate language address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Alternate Language Sub Name and / or Alternate Language Name and / or Alternate Language Number, Alternate Language Street Name, Alternate Language Locality, Alternate Language Town Name, Alternate Language Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 6
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 230
A descriptive term used to describe the primary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term used to describe the secondary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Code List Name:
Nullable: true
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the quaternary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A description of the build status of the Address, for example, 'Built Complete'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Date when the address entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, 'Provisional' and 'Approved'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 11
Identifies the source of the postcode assigned to an address. This attribute can be used to identify properties capable of receiving mail as defined by Royal Mail for PAF matched address records, or as defined by Local Authorities for records which are not PAF matched but which are believed to be capable of receiving mail. For example, flats behind a front door with single letter box.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) of the parent record if a parent-child relationship exists.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Root UPRN will display the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the top level Addressable Object in the parent-child structure, which in this example is the Grandparent UPRN.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Hierarchy Level attribute describes the position of the given UPRN within the overall set of relationships. For example, FLAT 1 is the Child UPRN at the lowest level and its Hierarchy Level will be 3; its Parent UPRN is BLOCK H, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 2; BLOCK H has, in turn, a Parent UPRN of EXETER UNIVERSITY, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 1.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the type of match made between the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and its Unique Street Reference Number (USRN). A value of 1 is matched manually to the most accessible USRN, and a value of 2 is matched spatially to the nearest USRN, which may not be the nearest accessible street.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 17
Numeric code identifying the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the lower tier local authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 9
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Selected related components are provided for the Historic Address Feature Type.
Customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Historic Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Historic Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Postal Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Customers taking data schema version 3.0 onward of the Historic Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Historic Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Please see the for more information about the related components and how to handle them.
The Historic Address Feature Type represents local authority addresses that are no longer in existence. This can occur as a result of demolition or the merging of two built properties to become one new single address, or the splitting of a single property into multiple flats for example.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
3.0
30 September 2025
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Text concatenation of 'PO BOX' and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Sub Name is the secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Sub Name: 'CRYNANT LIBRARY', Name: 'CRYNANT COMMUNITY CENTRE'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The name is the English language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS' (Welsh: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE'). This attribute will also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on a given street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). This includes numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters, for example, 1-11 and 10A.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 16
The Alternate Language Sub Name is the alternate language secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Alternate Language Sub Name: 'LLYFRGELL Y CREUNANT', Alternate Language Name: 'CANOLFAN CYMUNED CREUNANT'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Name is the alternate language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE' (English: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS'). This attribute may also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on each street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). Numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Name or the Sub Name attributes.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Concatenation of the following alternate language address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Alternate Language Sub Name and / or Alternate Language Name and / or Alternate Language Number, Alternate Language Street Name, Alternate Language Locality, Alternate Language Town Name, Alternate Language Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 6
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 230
A descriptive term used to describe the primary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term used to describe the secondary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Code List Name:
Nullable: true
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the quaternary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A description of the build status of the Address, for example, 'Built Complete'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Date when the address entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, 'Provisional' and 'Approved'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 11
Identifies the source of the postcode assigned to an address. This attribute can be used to identify properties capable of receiving mail as defined by Royal Mail for PAF matched address records, or as defined by Local Authorities for records which are not PAF matched but which are believed to be capable of receiving mail. For example, flats behind a front door with single letter box.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) of the parent record if a parent-child relationship exists.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Root UPRN will display the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the top level Addressable Object in the parent-child structure, which in this example is the Grandparent UPRN.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Hierarchy Level attribute describes the position of the given UPRN within the overall set of relationships. For example, FLAT 1 is the Child UPRN at the lowest level and its Hierarchy Level will be 3; its Parent UPRN is BLOCK H, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 2; BLOCK H has, in turn, a Parent UPRN of EXETER UNIVERSITY, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 1.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the type of match made between the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and its Unique Street Reference Number (USRN). A value of 1 is matched manually to the most accessible USRN, and a value of 2 is matched spatially to the nearest USRN, which may not be the nearest accessible street.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 17
Numeric code identifying the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the lower tier local authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 9
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Selected related components are provided for the Historic Address Feature Type.
Customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Historic Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Historic Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Postal Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Customers taking data schema version 3.0 onward of the Historic Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Historic Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Please see the for more information about the related components and how to handle them.
The Built Address Feature Type represents local authority addresses that are currently built and live and can typically receive mail, deliveries, or services. For example, homes, shops, schools and hospitals.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
3.0
30 September 2025
Ongoing
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Text concatenation of 'PO BOX' and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Sub Name is the secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Sub Name: 'CRYNANT LIBRARY', Name: 'CRYNANT COMMUNITY CENTRE'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The name is the English language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS' (Welsh: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE'). This attribute will also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on a given street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). This includes numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters, for example, 1-11 and 10A.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 16
The Alternate Language Sub Name is the alternate language secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Alternate Language Sub Name: 'LLYFRGELL Y CREUNANT', Alternate Language Name: 'CANOLFAN CYMUNED CREUNANT'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Name is the alternate language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE' (English: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS'). This attribute may also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on each street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). Numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Name or the Sub Name attributes.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Concatenation of the following alternate language address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Alternate Language Sub Name and / or Alternate Language Name and / or Alternate Language Number, Alternate Language Street Name, Alternate Language Locality, Alternate Language Town Name, Alternate Language Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 6
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 230
A descriptive term used to describe the primary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term used to describe the secondary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Code List Name:
Nullable: true
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the quaternary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A description of the build status of the Address, for example, 'Built Complete'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Date when the address entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, 'Provisional' and 'Approved'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 11
Identifies the source of the postcode assigned to an address. This attribute can be used to identify properties capable of receiving mail as defined by Royal Mail for PAF matched address records, or as defined by Local Authorities for records which are not PAF matched but which are believed to be capable of receiving mail. For example, flats behind a front door with single letter box.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) of the parent record if a parent-child relationship exists.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Root UPRN will display the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the top level Addressable Object in the parent-child structure, which in this example is the Grandparent UPRN.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Hierarchy Level attribute describes the position of the given UPRN within the overall set of relationships. For example, FLAT 1 is the Child UPRN at the lowest level and its Hierarchy Level will be 3; its Parent UPRN is BLOCK H, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 2; BLOCK H has, in turn, a Parent UPRN of EXETER UNIVERSITY, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 1.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the type of match made between the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and its Unique Street Reference Number (USRN). A value of 1 is matched manually to the most accessible USRN, and a value of 2 is matched spatially to the nearest USRN, which may not be the nearest accessible street.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 17
Numeric code identifying the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the lower tier local authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 9
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Selected related components are provided for the Built Address Feature Type.
Customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Built Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Built Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Postal Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Customers taking data schema version 3.0 onward of the Built Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Built Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Please see the for more information about the related components and how to handle them.
The Pre-Build Address Feature Type represents local authority addresses that will be able to receive mail, deliveries or services, where the property is either yet to be built but has been granted planning permission, or is under construction. Pre-build addresses can take the format of a development site, a plot number, or a definitive address for property units.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
3.0
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Text concatenation of 'PO BOX' and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Sub Name is the secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Sub Name: 'CRYNANT LIBRARY', Name: 'CRYNANT COMMUNITY CENTRE'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The name is the English language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS' (Welsh: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE'). This attribute will also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on a given street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). This includes numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters, for example, 1-11 and 10A.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 16
The Alternate Language Sub Name is the alternate language secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Alternate Language Sub Name: 'LLYFRGELL Y CREUNANT', Alternate Language Name: 'CANOLFAN CYMUNED CREUNANT'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Name is the alternate language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE' (English: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS'). This attribute may also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on each street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). Numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Name or the Sub Name attributes.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Concatenation of the following alternate language address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Alternate Language Sub Name and / or Alternate Language Name and / or Alternate Language Number, Alternate Language Street Name, Alternate Language Locality, Alternate Language Town Name, Alternate Language Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 6
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 230
A descriptive term used to describe the primary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term used to describe the secondary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Code List Name:
Nullable: true
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the quaternary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A description of the build status of the Address, for example, 'Built Complete'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Date when the address entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, 'Provisional' and 'Approved'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 11
Identifies the source of the postcode assigned to an address. This attribute can be used to identify properties capable of receiving mail as defined by Royal Mail for PAF matched address records, or as defined by Local Authorities for records which are not PAF matched but which are believed to be capable of receiving mail. For example, flats behind a front door with single letter box.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) of the parent record if a parent-child relationship exists.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Root UPRN will display the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the top level Addressable Object in the parent-child structure, which in this example is the Grandparent UPRN.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Hierarchy Level attribute describes the position of the given UPRN within the overall set of relationships. For example, FLAT 1 is the Child UPRN at the lowest level and its Hierarchy Level will be 3; its Parent UPRN is BLOCK H, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 2; BLOCK H has, in turn, a Parent UPRN of EXETER UNIVERSITY, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 1.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the type of match made between the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and its Unique Street Reference Number (USRN). A value of 1 is matched manually to the most accessible USRN, and a value of 2 is matched spatially to the nearest USRN, which may not be the nearest accessible street.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 17
Numeric code identifying the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the lower tier local authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 9
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Selected related components are provided for the Pre-Build Address Feature Type.
Customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Pre-Build Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Pre-Build Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Postal Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Customers taking data schema version 3.0 onward of the Pre-Build Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Pre-Build Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Please see the for more information about the related components and how to handle them.
The Non-Addressable Object Feature Type represents local authority and Ordnance Survey captured features that are currently live but are objects that would not be expected to be able to receive mail or deliveries. These objects typically represent structures or sites rather than buildings that somebody could conceivably live, work or engage in leisure activities within. For example, ponds and static water sites, public parks and telephone boxes.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
3.0
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Text concatenation of 'PO BOX' and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Sub Name is the secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Sub Name: 'CRYNANT LIBRARY', Name: 'CRYNANT COMMUNITY CENTRE'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The name is the English language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS' (Welsh: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE'). This attribute will also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on a given street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). This includes numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters, for example, 1-11 and 10A.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 16
The Alternate Language Sub Name is the alternate language secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Alternate Language Sub Name: 'LLYFRGELL Y CREUNANT', Alternate Language Name: 'CANOLFAN CYMUNED CREUNANT'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Name is the alternate language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE' (English: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS'). This attribute may also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on each street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). Numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Name or the Sub Name attributes.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Concatenation of the following alternate language address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Alternate Language Sub Name and / or Alternate Language Name and / or Alternate Language Number, Alternate Language Street Name, Alternate Language Locality, Alternate Language Town Name, Alternate Language Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 6
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 230
A descriptive term used to describe the primary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term used to describe the secondary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Code List Name:
Nullable: true
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the quaternary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A description of the build status of the Address, for example, 'Built Complete'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Date when the address entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, 'Provisional' and 'Approved'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 11
Identifies the source of the postcode assigned to an address. This attribute can be used to identify properties capable of receiving mail as defined by Royal Mail for PAF matched address records, or as defined by Local Authorities for records which are not PAF matched but which are believed to be capable of receiving mail. For example, flats behind a front door with single letter box.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) of the parent record if a parent-child relationship exists.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Root UPRN will display the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the top level Addressable Object in the parent-child structure, which in this example is the Grandparent UPRN.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Hierarchy Level attribute describes the position of the given UPRN within the overall set of relationships. For example, FLAT 1 is the Child UPRN at the lowest level and its Hierarchy Level will be 3; its Parent UPRN is BLOCK H, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 2; BLOCK H has, in turn, a Parent UPRN of EXETER UNIVERSITY, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 1.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the type of match made between the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and its Unique Street Reference Number (USRN). A value of 1 is matched manually to the most accessible USRN, and a value of 2 is matched spatially to the nearest USRN, which may not be the nearest accessible street.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 17
Numeric code identifying the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the lower tier local authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 9
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Selected related components are provided for the Non-Addressable Object Feature Type.
Customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Non-Addressable Object Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Non-Addressable Object
Related components: Alternate Address, Postal Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Customers taking data schema version 3.0 onward of the Non-Addressable Object Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Non-Addressable Object
Related components: Alternate Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Please see the for more information about the related components and how to handle them.
The Pre-Build Address Feature Type represents local authority addresses that will be able to receive mail, deliveries or services, where the property is either yet to be built but has been granted planning permission, or is under construction. Pre-build addresses can take the format of a development site, a plot number, or a definitive address for property units.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
The Non-Addressable Object Feature Type represents local authority and Ordnance Survey captured features that are currently live but are objects that would not be expected to be able to receive mail or deliveries. These objects typically represent structures or sites rather than buildings that somebody could conceivably live, work or engage in leisure activities within. For example, ponds and static water sites, public parks and telephone boxes.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressdescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addresstertiaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 18
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A description of the build status of the land and property unit represented by an Address, for example, 'Built In Use'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: buildstatusvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 12
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Date when the land and property unit entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 148
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressbasepostalvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Ongoing
Major version increment implementing the following changes:
Extended the max length of the Postcode Source, Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Sub Name, Alternate Language Sub Name and Build Status attributes.
Modified the associated code lists for the Description, Positional Accuracy and Postcode Source attributes.
Added download filters for Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, and Tertiary Classification Description attributes.
New associated code lists added to the Classification Code, Classification Description, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment adding new attribution for Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Lowest Floor Level, Highest Floor Level, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Historic Address Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressdescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addresstertiaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 18
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A description of the build status of the land and property unit represented by an Address, for example, 'Built In Use'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: buildstatusvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 12
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Date when the land and property unit entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 148
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressbasepostalvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Ongoing
Major version increment implementing the following changes:
Extended the max length of the Postcode Source, Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Sub Name, Alternate Language Sub Name and Build Status attributes.
Modified the associated code lists for the Description, Positional Accuracy and Postcode Source attributes.
Added download filters for Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, and Tertiary Classification Description attributes.
New associated code lists added to the Classification Code, Classification Description, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment adding new attribution for Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Lowest Floor Level, Highest Floor Level, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Historic Address Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressdescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addresstertiaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 18
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A description of the build status of the land and property unit represented by an Address, for example, 'Built In Use'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: buildstatusvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 12
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Date when the land and property unit entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 148
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressbasepostalvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Major version increment implementing the following changes:
Extended the max length of the Postcode Source, Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Sub Name, Alternate Language Sub Name and Build Status attributes.
Modified the associated code lists for the Description, Positional Accuracy and Postcode Source attributes.
Added download filters for Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, and Tertiary Classification Description attributes.
New associated code lists added to the Classification Code, Classification Description, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment adding new attribution for Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Lowest Floor Level, Highest Floor Level, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Built Address Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressdescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addresstertiaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 18
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A description of the build status of the land and property unit represented by an Address, for example, 'Built In Use'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: buildstatusvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 12
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Date when the land and property unit entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 148
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressbasepostalvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
30 September 2025
Ongoing
Major version increment implementing the following changes:
Extended the max length of the Postcode Source, Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Sub Name, Alternate Language Sub Name and Build Status attributes.
Modified the associated code lists for the Description, Positional Accuracy and Postcode Source attributes.
Added download filters for Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, and Tertiary Classification Description attributes.
New associated code lists added to the Classification Code, Classification Description, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment adding new attribution for Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Lowest Floor Level, Highest Floor Level, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Pre-Build Address Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressdescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addresstertiaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 18
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A description of the build status of the land and property unit represented by an Address, for example, 'Built In Use'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: buildstatusvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 12
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Date when the land and property unit entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 148
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressbasepostalvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
30 September 2025
Ongoing
Major version increment implementing the following changes:
Extended the max length of the Postcode Source, Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Sub Name, Alternate Language Sub Name and Build Status attributes.
Modified the associated code lists for the Description, Positional Accuracy and Postcode Source attributes.
Added download filters for Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, and Tertiary Classification Description attributes.
New associated code lists added to the Classification Code, Classification Description, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment adding new attribution for Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Lowest Floor Level, Highest Floor Level, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Non-Addressable Object Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
Ongoing
Major version increment implementing the following changes:
Extended the max length of the Postcode Source, Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Sub Name, Alternate Language Sub Name and Build Status attributes.
Modified the associated code lists for the Description, Positional Accuracy and Postcode Source attributes.
Added download filters for Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, and Tertiary Classification Description attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment adding new attribution for Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Lowest Floor Level, Highest Floor Level, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Pre-Build Address Feature Type.
Please see Data schema versioning for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the Getting started with temporal filtering guide.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: changetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: themevalue
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressdescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 1.0
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
Text concatenation of 'PO BOX' and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Sub Name is the secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Sub Name: 'CRYNANT LIBRARY', Name: 'CRYNANT COMMUNITY CENTRE'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The name is the English language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS' (Welsh: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE'). This attribute will also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on a given street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). This includes numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters, for example, 1-11 and 10A.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: countryvalue
Max Length: 16
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Alternate Language Sub Name is the alternate language secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Alternate Language Sub Name: 'LLYFRGELL Y CREUNANT', Alternate Language Name: 'CANOLFAN CYMUNED CREUNANT'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Name is the alternate language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE' (English: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS'). This attribute may also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Alternate Language Number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on each street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). Numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Name or the Sub Name attributes.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Concatenation of the following alternate language address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Alternate Language Sub Name and / or Alternate Language Name and / or Alternate Language Number, Alternate Language Street Name, Alternate Language Locality, Alternate Language Town Name, Alternate Language Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the AddressBase Classification Scheme page of the OS Download Products’ Documentation site.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressclassificationcodevalue
Max Length: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the AddressBase Classification Scheme page of the OS Download Products’ Documentation site.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 230
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the primary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressprimaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the secondary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Code List Name: addresssecondaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Nullable: true
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addresstertiaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the quaternary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addressquaternaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
A description of the build status of the Address, for example, 'Built Complete'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: buildstatusvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 18
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A description of the build status of the land and property unit represented by an Address, for example, 'Built In Use'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version:
Date when the address entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Date when the land and property unit entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, 'Provisional' and 'Approved'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressstatusvalue
Max Length: 11
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Identifies the source of the postcode assigned to an address. This attribute can be used to identify properties capable of receiving mail as defined by Royal Mail for PAF matched address records, or as defined by Local Authorities for records which are not PAF matched but which are believed to be capable of receiving mail. For example, flats behind a front door with single letter box.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressbasepostalvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 148
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 1.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) of the parent record if a parent-child relationship exists.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Root UPRN will display the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the top level Addressable Object in the parent-child structure, which in this example is the Grandparent UPRN.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Hierarchy Level attribute describes the position of the given UPRN within the overall set of relationships. For example, FLAT 1 is the Child UPRN at the lowest level and its Hierarchy Level will be 3; its Parent UPRN is BLOCK H, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 2; BLOCK H has, in turn, a Parent UPRN of EXETER UNIVERSITY, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 1.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the type of match made between the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and its Unique Street Reference Number (USRN). A value of 1 is matched manually to the most accessible USRN, and a value of 2 is matched spatially to the nearest USRN, which may not be the nearest accessible street.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: usrnmatchindicatorvalue
Max Length: 17
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Numeric code identifying the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the lower tier local authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 9
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Geometry Type: Point
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 1.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Selected related components are provided for the Pre-Build Address Feature Type.
Customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Pre-Build Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Pre-Build Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Postal Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Customers taking data schema version 3.0 onward of the Pre-Build Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Pre-Build Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Please see the Address Related Components page for more information about the related components and how to handle them.
3.0
30 September 2025
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
Ongoing
Major version increment implementing the following changes:
Extended the max length of the Postcode Source, Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Sub Name, Alternate Language Sub Name and Build Status attributes.
Modified the associated code lists for the Description, Positional Accuracy and Postcode Source attributes.
Added download filters for Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, and Tertiary Classification Description attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment adding new attribution for Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Lowest Floor Level, Highest Floor Level, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Non-Addressable Object Feature Type.
Please see Data schema versioning for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the Data schema version table above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the Getting started with temporal filtering guide.
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: changetypevalue
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: themevalue
Max Length: 40
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressdescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 1.0
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
Text concatenation of 'PO BOX' and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Sub Name is the secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Sub Name: 'CRYNANT LIBRARY', Name: 'CRYNANT COMMUNITY CENTRE'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The name is the English language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS' (Welsh: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE'). This attribute will also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on a given street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). This includes numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters, for example, 1-11 and 10A.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: countryvalue
Max Length: 16
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Alternate Language Sub Name is the alternate language secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Alternate Language Sub Name: 'LLYFRGELL Y CREUNANT', Alternate Language Name: 'CANOLFAN CYMUNED CREUNANT'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Name is the alternate language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE' (English: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS'). This attribute may also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Alternate Language Number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on each street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). Numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Name or the Sub Name attributes.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: languagevalue
Max Length: 3
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Concatenation of the following alternate language address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Alternate Language Sub Name and / or Alternate Language Name and / or Alternate Language Number, Alternate Language Street Name, Alternate Language Locality, Alternate Language Town Name, Alternate Language Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the AddressBase Classification Scheme page of the OS Download Products’ Documentation site.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressclassificationcodevalue
Max Length: 6
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the AddressBase Classification Scheme page of the OS Download Products’ Documentation site.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 230
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the primary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressprimaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the secondary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Code List Name: addresssecondaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Nullable: true
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addresstertiaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the quaternary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addressquaternaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
A description of the build status of the Address, for example, 'Built Complete'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: buildstatusvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 18
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A description of the build status of the land and property unit represented by an Address, for example, 'Built In Use'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version:
Date when the address entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Date when the land and property unit entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, 'Provisional' and 'Approved'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressstatusvalue
Max Length: 11
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Identifies the source of the postcode assigned to an address. This attribute can be used to identify properties capable of receiving mail as defined by Royal Mail for PAF matched address records, or as defined by Local Authorities for records which are not PAF matched but which are believed to be capable of receiving mail. For example, flats behind a front door with single letter box.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressbasepostalvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 148
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 1.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) of the parent record if a parent-child relationship exists.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Root UPRN will display the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the top level Addressable Object in the parent-child structure, which in this example is the Grandparent UPRN.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Hierarchy Level attribute describes the position of the given UPRN within the overall set of relationships. For example, FLAT 1 is the Child UPRN at the lowest level and its Hierarchy Level will be 3; its Parent UPRN is BLOCK H, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 2; BLOCK H has, in turn, a Parent UPRN of EXETER UNIVERSITY, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 1.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the type of match made between the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and its Unique Street Reference Number (USRN). A value of 1 is matched manually to the most accessible USRN, and a value of 2 is matched spatially to the nearest USRN, which may not be the nearest accessible street.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: usrnmatchindicatorvalue
Max Length: 17
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Numeric code identifying the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the lower tier local authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 9
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Geometry Type: Point
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 2.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 1.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Selected related components are provided for the Non-Addressable Object Feature Type.
Customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Non-Addressable Object Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Non-Addressable Object
Related components: Alternate Address, Postal Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Customers taking data schema version 3.0 onward of the Non-Addressable Object Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Non-Addressable Object
Related components: Alternate Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Please see the Address Related Components page for more information about the related components and how to handle them.
3.0
30 September 2025
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our .
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the guide.
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Max Length: 12
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
New associated code lists added to the Classification Code, Classification Description, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description attributes.
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 2.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Max Length: 12
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
New associated code lists added to the Classification Code, Classification Description, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description attributes.
The Built Address Feature Type represents local authority addresses that are currently built and live and can typically receive mail, deliveries, or services. For example, homes, shops, schools and hospitals.
The following table provides details about this feature type’s data schema versions, including the reasons behind the changes and the related launch date when each version went live.
3.0
30 September 2025
Please see for in-depth information about data schema versioning in the OS NGD.
Temporal filtering allows you to order a one-off snapshot of data from the OS NGD from a current or past date. It is an optional step when you create a new data package in OS Select+Build (the OS NGD download service).
The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for this feature type's data schema versions are indicated in the above. Please note that any data temporally filtered earlier than the specified launch date indicated in the table for the data schema versions may contain data inconsistencies.
More information about temporal filtering on OS NGD feature types is available from the .
The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature type, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by a local custodian or Ordnance Survey as a persistent identifier.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Date when the version was last updated.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature became the latest version.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date this version of the feature was superseded by an update or ceased to exist.
Data Types: DateTime (GPKG), DateTime (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The type of change that generated a new version of the feature.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 50
The OS NGD theme to which this feature belongs.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 40
A single descriptive value intended for a quick understanding of what the feature represents.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The name of the organisation operating from the address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Text concatenation of 'PO BOX' and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or the British Forces Post Office (BFPO) number.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Sub Name is the secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Sub Name: 'CRYNANT LIBRARY', Name: 'CRYNANT COMMUNITY CENTRE'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The name is the English language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS' (Welsh: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE'). This attribute will also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on a given street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). This includes numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters, for example, 1-11 and 10A.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessible Street that an Address is located on or close to.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within. For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the settlement that the Street is located within. Where a settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The postcode unit that the Address is situated within. A postcode is an abbreviated form of address, made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These alphanumeric characters are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses. Postcodes (for example, NW6 4DP) are comprised of two components. The first component is the outward code (or ‘outcode’), which is the first two to four characters of a postcode, constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. The outward code is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery. The second component of a postcode is the inward code (or ‘incode’), which is the last three characters of the postcode, constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, for example, 4DP. The inward code is used to sort mail at the local delivery office. This field will contain the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) postcode where the Local Authority address has been matched to PAF. Where a match has not been made, the postcode information is sourced from Local Authority assigned data. In cases where the Local Authority do not hold a valid postcode, a spatial nearest neighbour function is used to spatially derive the postcode from the closest Address with a valid postcode.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 8
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Concatenation of the following address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Sub Name and / or Name and / or Number, Street Name, Locality, Town Name, Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the geographical territory that the Address is located within, where a geographical territory represents either a devolved country or an island nation.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 16
The Alternate Language Sub Name is the alternate language secondary description for subdivisions of properties. For example: Alternate Language Sub Name: 'LLYFRGELL Y CREUNANT', Alternate Language Name: 'CANOLFAN CYMUNED CREUNANT'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Name is the alternate language primary description applied to an address, for example: 'CAMPWS Y BAE PRIFYSGOL ABERTAWE' (English: 'SWANSEA UNIVERSITY BAY CAMPUS'). This attribute may also include numbers when the name contains non-numeric characters, such as 44A. Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT. Sometimes the name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
The Alternate Language Number gives a unique numeric identifier for addresses on each street, for example, '11' (per Local Authority Street Naming and Numbering conventions). Numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the Name or the Sub Name attributes.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 13
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name, number or descriptor that identifies the nearest accessable street that an Address is located on or close to, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla).
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Name of the area or geographical identifier within a town, settlement, village or hamlet that an address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). For example, a locality may be a suburb, housing estate or commercial estate.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The name of the settlement that the address is located within, defined in either Welsh (cym) or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic (gla). A settlement can be a City, Town, Village, Hamlet or Parish.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Name of the island upon which an Address is located.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
ISO 3166-3 Language Code for Welsh or Gaelic / Scottish Gaelic.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 3
Concatenation of the following alternate language address components: Organisation (Pre-Build and Built Address Feature Types only), Alternate Language Sub Name and / or Alternate Language Name and / or Alternate Language Number, Alternate Language Street Name, Alternate Language Locality, Alternate Language Town Name, Alternate Language Island Name and Postcode Locator.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 1 000
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Floor level represents either: the access point to the Address, or the floor level or levels that the Address is located on fully occupies or represents occupiable space within the property.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 30
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the first value provided will be taken as the lowest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Lowest Floor Level is -1. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Lowest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
In cases where the Floor Level attribute contains a list of floor levels (for example, where a commercial organisation occupies multiple levels within a building), the last value provided will be taken as the highest floor level. For example, where Floor Level attribute values are given as -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, the Highest Floor Level is 3. Mezzanine levels may be represented by a partial number, for example, 1.5. If the Floor Level attribute only contains one value, that value will also be used by the Highest Floor Level attribute.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: true
Precision: 3
Scale: 1
Alphanumeric code used to classify the object using the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 6
Description of the classification code as defined in the AddressBase Classification Scheme, which is available to download from the .
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 230
A descriptive term used to describe the primary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term used to describe the secondary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Code List Name:
Nullable: true
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A descriptive term or collection of terms used to describe the quaternary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name:
Max Length: 120
A description of the build status of the Address, for example, 'Built Complete'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Date when the address entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The lifecycle status of a given Address, for example, 'Provisional' and 'Approved'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 11
Identifies the source of the postcode assigned to an address. This attribute can be used to identify properties capable of receiving mail as defined by Royal Mail for PAF matched address records, or as defined by Local Authorities for records which are not PAF matched but which are believed to be capable of receiving mail. For example, flats behind a front door with single letter box.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) of the parent record if a parent-child relationship exists.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Root UPRN will display the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for the top level Addressable Object in the parent-child structure, which in this example is the Grandparent UPRN.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
In instances where an address sits in a hierarchy (for example, Child UPRN – Parent UPRN – Grandparent UPRN), the Hierarchy Level attribute describes the position of the given UPRN within the overall set of relationships. For example, FLAT 1 is the Child UPRN at the lowest level and its Hierarchy Level will be 3; its Parent UPRN is BLOCK H, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 2; BLOCK H has, in turn, a Parent UPRN of EXETER UNIVERSITY, which will have a Hierarchy Level of 1.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The Unique Street Reference Number (USRN), a unique and persistent identifier of a Street which is assigned by the Roads or Highway Authority.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Description of the type of match made between the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and its Unique Street Reference Number (USRN). A value of 1 is matched manually to the most accessible USRN, and a value of 2 is matched spatially to the nearest USRN, which may not be the nearest accessible street.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Max Length: 17
Numeric code identifying the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: Integer (GPKG), Integer (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Name of the authority responsible for assigning the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), creating and maintaining the address record.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 35
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the lower tier local authority.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 9
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
X coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 8
Scale: 2
Y coordinate defining the position of the object in accordance with the British National Grid (EPSG:27700) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 2
Value defining the latitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Value defining the longitude of the Address location in accordance with the ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) coordinate reference system.
Data Types: Float (GPKG), Real (CSV)
Nullable: false
Precision: 9
Scale: 7
Geometry for the feature.
Data Types: Geometry (GPKG), WKT (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Local Authority assigned value giving a description of the accuracy of the coordinate position allocated to the Address location, for example, 'Central Internal Position' of a building.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name:
Code List Version: 2.0
The date on which this record was inserted into the Local Authority database.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: false
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
The date on which the record ceased to exist.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Selected related components are provided for the Built Address Feature Type.
Customers taking data schema version 1.0 or 2.0 of the Built Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Built Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Postal Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Customers taking data schema version 3.0 onward of the Built Address Feature Type in GeoPackage format will receive the following in their data package:
Feature type: Built Address
Related components: Alternate Address, Other Classification and Related Entity
Please see the for more information about the related components and how to handle them.
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressdescriptionvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 50
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
The organisation name is the business name given to an Address within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE. This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 100
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 110
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Max Length: 500
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A descriptive term used to describe the tertiary classification code for this address.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: true
Code List Name: addresstertiaryclassificationdescriptionvalue
Max Length: 120
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 2.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 18
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
A description of the build status of the land and property unit represented by an Address, for example, 'Built In Use'.
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: buildstatusvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 12
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Date when the land and property unit entered the lifecycle state given in Build Status.
Data Types: Date (GPKG), Date (CSV)
Nullable: true
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Max Length: 148
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: addressbasepostalvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 75
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
OS Select+Build Filterable: No
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
Geometry Type: Point
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 3.0
Data Types: String (GPKG), String (CSV)
Nullable: false
Code List Name: positionalaccuracyvalue
Code List Version: 1.0
Max Length: 25
OS Select+Build Filterable: Yes
Data Schema Version: 1.0, 2.0
Ongoing
Major version increment implementing the following changes:
Extended the max length of the Postcode Source, Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Sub Name, Alternate Language Sub Name and Build Status attributes.
Modified the associated code lists for the Description, Positional Accuracy and Postcode Source attributes.
Added download filters for Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, and Tertiary Classification Description attributes.
New associated code lists added to the Classification Code, Classification Description, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description attributes.
2.0
28 March 2023
Ongoing
Major version increment adding new attribution for Full Address, Alternate Language Full Address, Lowest Floor Level, Highest Floor Level, Primary Classification Description, Secondary Classification Description, Tertiary Classification Description and Quaternary Classification Description.
1.0
02 November 2022
Ongoing
Initial launch of the Built Address Feature Type.
Comma-separated values (CSV) file format is universally supported for easy ingestion into all major database products. Before loading OS NGD data contained in CSV files into a database, it is necessary to create relevant tables. Data definition language (DDL) statements for PostgreSQL, SQL Server and Oracle can be accessed in our OS NGD Resources GitHub repository.
For instructions on loading CSV files, see the Getting Started with CSV guide.
This page lists changes made to OS NGD documentation. Changes will be made for a variety of reasons, including reflecting any alterations made to the OS NGD data itself as we enhance and improve the offering, plus simple improvements to the documentation to aid understanding.
The table below gives a summary of the changes made to OS NGD documentation and the date upon which those changes took effect:
Frequently asked questions on OS NGD data and the download service of OS Select+Build.
FAQs covering the OS NGD APIs are available on the .
9.2
04/09/2026
New OS recommended recipe guide added to the site: .
9.1
01/09/2026
New pages added ahead of the October 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Three new address related component pages added: , and .
Existing pages amended ahead of the October 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Major data schema version increment from 1.0 to 2.0 for two existing feature types: (OS GB Address Collection) and (OS Islands Address Collection). This is due to new attributes and three new related components being added to these feature types, plus some filters being altered on existing attributes – please see the data schema version table on the feature type pages for full details of changes. (These feature types also had a minor data schema version increment from 1.0 to 1.1 to make the Description attribute filterable in OS Select+Build.)
9.0
12/08/2026
The 'OS NGD Future Data Enhancements' page was deleted. Information about future data enhancements is now covered in a note at the top of the ; that note explains that the is now available to view on Aha! The roadmap outlines our focus areas for enhancements and new releases for the OS NGD and our Download products (Premium and OpenData products) over the next two years.
8.9
07/08/2026
New added to the site; this explainer goes through transport networks in the OS NGD and how the data and feature types in the collections fit together. It covers the following topics:
Building routable transport networks
Road network
Routing information
Streets and asset management information
8.8
03/07/2026
New added to the site; the guide contains specific advice on how to make the most of OS NGD Land Use data and includes the following topics:
How OS represents human activity or the economic function of an area or piece of land
How OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications are assigned and maintained
How Sites relate spatially to surrounding features
How address records are matched and summarised
8.7
26/06/2026
New section on the 'Use of geographic coordinate reference systems in the OS NGD' added to the .
8.6
04/06/2026
Two new OS recommended recipe guides added to the site:
8.5
02/06/2026
The feature counts sections for the OS Routing And Asset Management Information (RAMI) and OS Transport Network Collections were removed from the following pages:
(in the OS NGD Fundamentals)
(in the Data Structure section)
(in the Data Structure section)
(in the Data Structure section)
8.4
13/05/2026
updated with new FAQs added about unused order notifications.
8.3
11/05/2026
Minor data schema version increments from 1.0 to 1.1, 2.0 to 2.1 and 3.2 to 3.3 to the in the OS Land Features Collection to account for the updates made to the (now on v2.0) to indicate two deprecated values no longer in the data (Heath and Boulders Or Rock And Heath Or Rough Grassland Or Marsh).
8.2
06/05/2026
Coverage map added to the to show the density of green spaces across Great Britain provided by the recipe.
8.1
01/05/2026
Minor data schema version increment from 1.0 to 1.1 to the in the OS Boundaries Collection to make the Boundary Parent Reference ID, Boundary Parent Reference Feature Type, Boundary Parent Reference Classification and Boundary Parent Reference Name 1 Text attributes nullable, in line with boundary changes in Wales.
8.0
29/04/2026
2025 announcements moved into their own tabbed area of the 'Recent announcements' sub-section on the . 2025 What's New? items moved into their own '2025 OS NGD enhancements' sub-section of the .
7.9
27/04/2026
Minor data schema version increment from 1.0 to 1.1 to the in the OS Building Features Collection to reflect the update to the Access Obstruction attribute’s max length from 20 to 30. Clarified documentation to specify the handling of multiple obstruction values by adding a note under the . Added two sentences to the end of the description of the to specify the handling of multiple obstruction values.
7.8
24/04/2026
New tutorial video added to three existing pages in the Downloading with OS Select+Build section of the site:
The video covers how to create a recipe using OS Select+Build, add filters to a recipe, and create a data package to receive your OS NGD data.
7.7
22/04/2026
Documentation supporting the OS NGD APIs transferred to the OS APIs documentation site to sit alongside documentation for our other OS APIs. Both OS NGD APIs can now be found under Accessing OS APIs:
FAQs covering the OS NGD APIs have been transferred to the newly created API FAQs page:
7.6
21/04/2026
Minor data schema version increments from 1.0 to 1.1 to the Postcode Unit Point Feature Types in the and Collections to reflect a schema update to the coordinate reference system and storage coordinate reference system URLs.
7.5
17/04/2026
New pages added to the site:
Navigation on two existing pages updated to mention the new OS recommended recipe guides:
7.4
16/04/2026
The following value was removed from the as it's not part of the product specification and was erroneously included in the code list:
Outside Land Boundary: A term used to identify a feature that occurs beyond the captured land extent.
7.3
26/03/2026
Existing pages amended with information about the March 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Updates made to the following pages: , , OS NGD Fundamentals – , OS NGD Fundamentals – , OS NGD Fundamentals – , OS NGD Fundamentals – , OS NGD Fundamentals – , Future OS NGD Data Enhancements (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the page in August 2026), , , , , and .
Minor updates made to the and Collections pages.
7.2
24/03/2026
New section added to the explaining the Order Summary File supplied with OS Select+Build downloads and how to use it to validate your supplies.
7.1
12/03/2026
Minor data schema version increments from 1.1 to 1.2, 2.0 to 2.1, 3.0 to 3.1, and 4.0 to 4.1 for the to account for an update to the definitions for the Building Use Address Count Total, Building Use Address Count Residential, Building Use Address Count Commercial and Building Use Address Count Other attributes to change 'built in use' to 'built complete' to align with the updated label in v2.0 of the .
7.0
03/03/2026
Minor data schema version increment from 3.1 to 3.2 for the to account for the update made to the OS Land Cover Tier A attribute to make it filterable in OS Select+Build.
6.9
19/02/2026
New pages added ahead of the March 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release:
3 new collection pages added to the OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme: , , and
6 new feature type pages added: , , , , and
12 new code list pages added: , , , , , , , , ,
6.8
31/10/2025
New page added for the October 2025 OS NGD data enhancement release:
One new code list added:
Existing pages amended with information about the October 2025 OS NGD data enhancement:
Major data schema version released for one existing feature type:
6.7
28/10/2025
Minor data schema version increment from 1.0 to 1.1 for the to add Tidal Outlet to the Water Node Description Value Code List and increase the Description attribute's max length from 8 to 12. Version 2.0 released for the to account for the addition of the new Tidal Outlet label.
6.6
15/10/2025
Feature counts
October 2025 feature counts for the OS Routing and Asset Management Information (RAMI) and OS Transport Network Collections were added to the of the OS NGD Fundamentals. Going forward, feature counts for the OS RAMI and OS Transport Network Collections will be updated monthly on this page. Feature counts will not be provided for any other OS NGD collections.
Improvements made to 10 code lists
Missing definitions (previously recorded as "No definition available") for values added to 10 code lists: , , , , , , , , and
6.5
02/10/2025
Code list name corrections
The following 14 code list names have been corrected on this documentation site to remove 'os' so that they match the correct code list names already used in the schema:
(formerly Building Part OS Land Cover Tier A Value), (formerly Building Part OS Land Cover Tier B Value), (formerly Land OS Land Cover Tier A Value), (formerly Land OS Land Cover Tier B Value), (formerly Rail OS Land Cover Tier A Value), (formerly Rail OS Land Cover Tier B Value), (formerly Road Track Or Path OS Land Cover Tier A Value), (formerly Road Track Or Path OS Land Cover Tier B Value), (formerly Structure OS Land Cover Tier A Value), (formerly Structure OS Land Cover Tier B Value), (formerly Water OS Land Cover Tier A Value), (formerly Water OS Land Cover Tier B Value), (formerly OS Land Use Tier A Value) and (formerly OS Land Use Tier B Value)
6.4
30/09/2025
Warning note added to the page about ensuring COU supplies are processed in the correct productVersion date order.
6.3
30/09/2025
New pages added for the September 2025 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Pages added for the two new and Feature Types (data schema version 1.0 for both).
12 new code lists added: , , , , , , , , , , , and
Existing pages amended with information about the September 2025 OS NGD data enhancements:
6.2
29/09/2025
Existing pages amended with information about the September 2025 OS NGD data enhancements:
Three minor data schema versions released for existing feature types: (v3.2) and (v1.3 and v2.4)
One existing code list updated:
Updates made to the following six OS NGD collection pages: , , , , and .
6.1
25/09/2025
New pages added for the September 2025 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Pages added for the new , , and Feature Types (data schema version 1.0 for all).
Five new code lists added: , , , and
New and pages added to the to reflect the addition of the new Bus Lane and Cycle Lane Feature Types to the OS Transport Network Collection and the addition of new Bus Lane and Cycle Lane attribution in the Path Link Feature Type (v3.0 onward) and Road Link Feature Type (v5.0 onward).
6.0
05/09/2025
User experience improvements made to enhance navigation through the and sections:
Updated OS NGD definition on the homepage and the page.
Added navigation links to relevant additional information: , , , , and .
5.9
29/08/2025
page restructured to improve usability and customer experience:
Three new sub-pages created: , , and .
Additional navigation links added to and to highlight key workflows.
5.8
28/07/2025
Minor data schema version increment (v1.1) added to 6 feature types in the OS Boundaries Collection, 1 feature type in the OS Land Use Features Collection and 9 feature types in the OS Transport Networks Collection to remove the query and download filters from the Description attribute for the feature types as this attribute supports only a single value:
OS Boundaries Collection: , , , , , and
OS Land Use Features Collection:
OS Transport Networks Collection: , ,
5.7
17/07/2025
Minor data schema version increments (v2.2 and v1.1) added to the to account for:
Updates made to max length from 15 to 20 and max length from 25 to 20.
A new value (Under Construction) being added to the and .
5.6
26/06/2025
Two new questions added to the in the OS Select+Build section for 'How do I edit a recipe?' and 'How do I delete a recipe?'
page updated with an entry for June 2025 on Editing recipes in OS Select+Build.
updated with an entry for June 2025 on Editing recipes in OS Select+Build.
Updates made to the :
5.5
13/06/2025
Data schema versioning and temporal filtering sub-sections added to the four addressing related component pages: , , , and .
5.4
06/06/2025
Data schema versioning and temporal filtering sub-sections improved on feature type pages for those feature types with more than one data schema version: , , and for the OS GB Address Collection; , , and for the OS Islands Address Collection; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; , and .
5.3
07/05/2025–23/05/2025
Restructuring work carried out on the navigation menu on the left-hand-side of the site to improve navigation and the customer experience:
New section created for OS NGD NEWS, with four pages moved to this section (, , and Future OS NGD Data Enhancements (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the page in August 2026).
New section created for DATA AND SERVICE STATUS, with three pages moved to this section (, and ).
ACCESSING OS NGD section renamed as GETTING STARTED and various pages moved into this section (, , , , , and
5.2
09/05/2025
New page added to the site: . The page highlights recent improvements OS has made to the data that are not connected to the biannual big data releases in spring and autumn.
5.1
27/03/2025
New pages added for the March 2025 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Pages added for the new , , and Feature Types.
Eighteen new code lists added: Roof Material Value, Roof Shape Value, Roof Confidence Indicator Value, Physical State Value, Access Mode Value, Access Purpose Value, Access Obstruction Value, Access Level Value, Building Access Location Description Value, Network Node Feature Type Value, Street Light Description Value, Link Reference Confidence Value, Transport Feature Type Value, Illumination Value, Crowd Sourced Name Description Value, Crowd Sourced Name Match Type Value, Matched Feature Type NGD Value and Matched Theme NGD Value
Existing pages amended with information about the March 2025 OS NGD data enhancements:
5.0
25/03/2025
OS Premium Download Products section deleted from the OS NGD Documentation site. Documentation for the (OS MRN) and (OS ESG) products was moved to the .
4.9
13/03/2025
Updates made to the page to reflect the release of new sample data connected to the March 2025 OS NGD data enhancements for the following collections: OS Building Features, OS Land Use Features, OS Named Features, OS Structure Features, OS Transport Features, and OS Transport Network Collections.
4.8
11/03/2025
Publication of new page: .
4.7
06/02/2025
Former 'Known Data Issues' page split into two pages: and .
4.6
26/09/2024
New pages added for the September 2024 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Six new code lists added: Address Classification Source Value, Classification Correlation Value, Matched UPRN Value, Network Over Under Bridge Value, Status Value, and Yes No Value
Existing pages amended with information about the September 2024 OS NGD data enhancements:
Updates made to the Building Part, Land, Rail, Road Link, Road Track Or Path, Site, Structure, and Water Feature Type pages to reflect new attribution for land use, as supplied with data schema version 3.0 for all feature types bar Building Part and Site, which are supplied with data schema version 2.0.
4.5
27/03/2024
New pages added for the March 2024 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Pages added for the new Field Boundary, Named Road Junction, and Tram On Road Feature Types, together with pages for their associated new code lists.
New sections added to the USING NGD DATA section for OS NGD Land cover enhancements, OS NGD Structures and OS NGD Transport.
Existing pages amended with information about the March 2024 OS NGD data enhancements:
Updates made to the Land, Rail, Road Link, Road Track Or Path, Structure, and Water Feature Type pages to reflect new attribution for land cover, as supplied with data schema version 2.0 for all feature types bar Road Link, which is supplied with data schema version 3.0.
4.4
28/09/2023
New pages added for the September 2023 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Pages added for the new Building, Railway Link, Railway Link Set, Railway Node, and Pavement Link Feature Types, together with their associated new code lists.
Existing pages amended with information about the September 2023 OS NGD data enhancements:
Updates made to the Road Link Feature Type page to reflect the new attribution for pavement presence, as supplied with data schema version 2.0.
New section added to the USING NGD DATA section for OS NGD Buildings.
4.3
10/08/2023
Changes introduced to reflect expansion of coverage from urban paths only to GB-wide coverage.
4.2
21/06/2023
New page added to the GETTING STARTED section: 'OS NGD Talks, Webinars, Tutorial Videos and Case Studies'.
4.1
19/06/2023
Temporal filtering sub-section wording updated on the feature type pages of eight feature types in the OS NGD Addressing Theme in the DATA STRUCTURE section. The earliest and latest dates on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for the data schema versions available for these feature types are now documented. Example images added to all OS NGD collection pages (in the DATA STRUCTURE section) to show what the different feature types in the collections look like in the data. A background map has been included in each image to provide context. Example images added to the 'Average And Indicative Speed', 'Highway Dedication' and 'Restriction' Feature Types pages (of the OS RAMI Collection) to show what the different feature types look like in the data. A background map has been included in each image to provide context.
4.0
15/06/2023
Definition expanded for the Average And Indicative Speed Feature Type (of the OS RAMI Collection). Road Link Direction attribute (OS RAMI Collection, attribute for the Restriction Feature Type) definition updated from ‘The direction in which the restriction applies in direction of digitisation of the Road Link feature.’ to ‘The direction in which the restriction applies in relation to the direction of digitisation of a Road Link feature'. Directionality attribute (OS Transport Network Collection, attribute for the Road Link Feature Type) definition updated from ‘Indication of the direction of traffic flow.’ to ‘Indication of the direction of traffic flow in relation to the direction of digitisation of a Road Link feature'. Three missing definition values entered in the Link Direction value code list and final sentence of code list definition expanded.
3.9
12/06/2023
New warning note added to the 'Site Routing Point Feature Type' page under the feature type description at the top of the page. Information note added to the 'Road Node Feature Type' page under the feature type description at the top of the page. Fifth reason added for one of the General FAQs on the FAQs page ('Why am I receiving blank files?' FAQ), relating to the Site Routing Point Feature Type being an 'end of life' feature type as of late spring 2023.
3.8
07/06/2023
New announcement added to 'Product Announcement' page: 'June 2023: 5 days of system downtime for feature types'.
3.7
25/05/2023
New images added to the 'Homepage', 'What's New?', 'Terminology and access', and 'OS NGD Future Data Enhancements' (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026) pages.
3.6
03/05/2023
One YouTube video added to the 'Accessing OS NGD APIs' page; the video gives instructions on how to add OS NGD API – Tiles to a new project on the OS Data Hub and generate an API key. One YouTube video added to the 'Getting Started with Attribute Filtering' page and the 'Getting Started with Temporal Filtering' page; the video gives instructions on how to get started with both attribute filtering and temporal filtering in OS Select+Build.
3.5
21/04/2023
'Known Data Issues' page: New section and table added for 'OS NGD Transport Theme known data issues' to document an 'Incorrect speed values' issue.
3.4
06/04/2023
New page added to 'DATA STRUCTURE' section: 'Product Announcements'. New section ('How do I check if filters are used in an existing recipe?') added to the 'Getting Started with Attribute Filtering' sub-page in the 'Accessing OS NGD' section.
3.3
05/04/2023
New sub-page added to the 'Downloading with OS Select+Build' page in the 'Accessing OS NGD' section: 'Getting Started with Temporal Filtering'.
3.2
03/04/2023
More information added about default coordinate reference systems available for the OS RAMI, OS Water Network and OS Transport Network Collections on their retrospective collection pages in the Data Structure section and in the 'Coordinate reference systems' page in the OS NGD Fundamentals section.
3.1
30/03/2023
Recipe sharing information added to the 'What's New?' page and the 'Downloading with OS Select+Build' page.
3
29/03/2023
New pages published: 'Data schema versioning' and 'What's New?' (both within the Getting Started section); 'Versioning information' (within OS NGD Address in the Data Structure section). Existing pages amended with information about the March 2023 OS NGD data enhancements: 'OS NGD Key Benefits to Customers'; 'OS NGD Fundamentals'; 'Downloading with OS Select+Build'; 'Accessing OS NGD APIs'; 'Using Code Examples'; theme pages for Address, Transport and Water; all 13 collection pages; 'Known Data Issues'; 'Data Catalogue'; 'FAQs'; 'Future OS NGD Data Enhancements' (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026). Coming soon banner removed from all relevant addressing feature type pages and from the Average And Indicative Speed, Waterbody Catchment, and River Basin District Catchment Feature Type pages.
2.9
23/03/2023
Diagrams added to the 'Water Link' and 'Water Link Set' Feature Type pages (within the DATA STRUCTURE section) to show how these features look in OS NGD data.
2.8
10/03/2023
New pages published for the Average And Indicative Speed Feature Type (within the OS RAMI Collection of the OS NGD Transport Theme), Capture Method Value Code List, and Average And Indicative Speed Description Value Code List. New pages published for the Waterbody Catchment Feature Type and River Basin District Catchment Feature Type (both within the OS Water Features Collection of the OS NGD Water Theme), Waterbody Category Value Code List, Waterbody Catchment Description Value Code List, and River Basin District Catchment Description Value Code List. Existing pages updated to include data schema version 2 information and new attributes for the Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address Feature Types in both the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections (within the OS NGD Address Theme). The Related Entity Related Component page was also updated to include data schema version 2 information and new attributes.
2.7
08/03/2023
'Known Data Issues' page: Section and table removed for 'OS NGD Transport Theme known data issues' as these have been resolved. 'Daily COU updates temporarily paused' row removed from 'OS NGD Address Theme known data issues' table as this issue has been resolved. Page title change from 'Accessing OS NGD API – Features' to 'Accessing OS NGD APIs' in the DATA STRUCTURE section.
2.6
06/03/2023
Temporal filtering information added to the top of all 81 feature type pages (detailing the earliest date on which you can request a one-off snapshot of a date in the past for data in each feature type). Temporal filtering information generalised on all 13 collection pages, pointing users to individual feature type pages to get dates instead.
2.5
03/03/2023
Content published on the 'Getting Started with Attribute Filtering' page.
2.4
22/02/2023
Order of pages amended in the 'OS NGD Fundamentals' section and new placeholder page on 'Data schema versioning' added to this section. New placeholder page on 'What's New' added to 'GETTING STARTED' section. New placeholder page 'Versioning information' added to 'DATA STRUCTURE' section for the Addressing Theme. Geometry type corrected from Polygon to MultiPolygon for the Geometry attribute of all feature types in the OS Boundaries Collection (apart from the Boundary High Water Mark, GLA Assembly Constituency and Regional Authority Feature Types).
2.3
20/02/2023
'Known Data Issues' page: New section and table added for the OS NGD Transport Theme known data issues. New row added to the OS NGD Address Theme known data issues table ('Daily COU updates temporarily paused').
2.2
30/11/2022
Missing definitions added to the 'Structure Land Cover Tier A Value' and 'Structure Land Cover Tier B Value' Code Lists.
2.1
25/11/2022
New section added to the 'Known Data Issues' page for the OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme.
2
17/11/2022
'Known Data Issues' page added to the Data Structure section. Updates made to the 'Coordinate Reference Systems' page: table added outlining the default coordinate reference system used by each OS NGD collection; note deleted; OS Select+Build list of coordinate reference systems altered by removing World Geodetic System (WGS84: EPSG: 4326) and inserting European Terrestrial Reference System (ETRS89: EPSG: 4258). New OS Select+Build FAQ added to the 'FAQs' page ('How do I identify the correct OS NGD collection for calculating usage?').
1.9
16/11/2022
Updates made to the 'Sample Data Information' page to mention that sample data is now available for the OS GB Address Collection. Sample data is available for 12 of the 13 OS NGD collections. Note added to say that sample data won't be released for the OS Islands Address Collection. Wording updated for two of the General FAQs on the 'FAQs' page ('Why am I receiving blank files?' FAQ and the 'Why do I have different start dates when applying temporal filters to different feature types?' FAQ).
1.8
08/11/2022
New General FAQ added to the 'FAQs' page ('What are the default coordinate reference systems used by the OS NGD collections?'). New sections added to the 13 OS NGD collection pages on earliest temporal filtering date and default coordinate reference systems.
1.7
04/11/2022
New note added to the 'Data ordering and currency' page about geographic filtering supply options. Note added to the 'Related Components' page. New note added to the 'COU supplies' page about features moving between OS NGD themes and between OS NGD feature types. Introductory sentence added above the CSV structure table on the 'File formats and naming' page. Definition added for the 'Made Surface' label in the 'Rail Description Value' Code List. The maintenanceauthority_authorityname attribute's definition was corrected from 'The authority responsible for the street naming and numbering or maintenance' to 'The authority responsible for maintenance.'
1.6
03/11/2022
Formatting changes on the 'FAQs' page to include expandable blocks. Minor changes to two labels in the 'Land Description Value' Code List: 'Heath Or Rough Grassland And Scattered Boulders or Scattered Rock' was changed to 'Heath Or Rough Grassland And Scattered Rock'; and 'Heath Or Rough Grassland And Scattered Boulders or Scattered Rock And Scrub' was changed to 'Heath Or Rough Grassland And Scattered Rock And Scrub'.
1.5
01/11/2022
Note (saying that ''the Address Theme will be launched later this year'') removed from the top of the OS NGD Address Theme, OS GB Address Collection and OS Islands Address Collection pages as the OS NGD Address Theme went live to customers in OS Select+Build on 31/10/2022. Correction made to the feature type description on the Connecting Link Feature Type page to say that a Connecting Link does not represent a feature in the real world.
1.4
28/10/2022
Updates made to the 'OS NGD Sample Data Information' page to mention that sample data is now available for the OS Boundaries Collection. Sample data is available for 11 of the 13 OS NGD collections.
1.3
21/10/2022
Updates made to the 'OS NGD Sample Data Information' page to mention that sample data is now available for the OS Water Network, OS Transport Network, OS Named Features, and OS Routing and Asset Management Information (RAMI) Collections. Sample data is available for 10 of the 13 OS NGD collections.
1.2
14/10/2022
Amendments made to the instructions for loading CSV files into an Oracle database in the 'Loading CSV files' page.
1.1
11/10/2022
'Data Entity Catalogue' Code List updated to remove OS NGD Landform label and insert OS NGD Rail label. 'OS Land Use Tier B Value' Code List updated to include previously unavailable definitions for all bar five labels. 'Accessibility' page added to the EXTRA LINKS section. Additional instructions added to the 'Downloading with OS Select+Build' page on downloading data packages. Two YouTube videos added to the 'Downloading with OS Select+Build' page; the videos give instructions on how to create a new recipe using OS Select+Build, and how to create and download a data package using OS Select+Build. One YouTube video added to the 'Accessing OS NGD APIs' page; the video gives instructions on how to add OS NGD API – Features to a new project on the OS Data Hub and generate an API key.
1
29/09/2022
OS NGD official launch to customers.
0.3
25/08/2022 to 29/09/2022
Amendments to multiple pages and publication of new pages in preparation for OS NGD launch.
0.2
24/08/2022
Amendments to multiple pages in preparation for the first set of OS NGD sample data being released.
0.1
12/05/2022
Pre-release of OS NGD documentation on the OS NGD Documentation Platform.
9.5
23/10/2026
New OS recommended recipe guide added to the site: Town and city planning recipe guide.
9.4
08/10/2026
Existing pages amended with information about the October 2026 OS NGD data enhancement release for data schema versions 1.1 and 2.0 of the Royal Mail Address Feature Types in the OS GB Address and OS Islands Address Collections:
Updates made to the following pages: What's New?, OS NGD Fundamentals – Data ordering and currency, OS NGD Fundamentals – Data schema versioning, OS NGD News, OS NGD Sample Data and FAQs.
Minor updates made to the OS GB Address Collection and OS Islands Address Collection pages.
Warning notes (saying that data isn’t live yet through the live access service of OS Select+Build) removed from the following pages:
OS NGD Fundamentals – page
page
(OS GB Address Collection) page
(OS Islands Address Collection) page
and pages
page
, and Related Components pages
New 'Related components' section added to 10 of the 12 addressing feature type pages to inform customers that these feature type use related components:
, , , and in the OS GB Address Collection
, , , and in the OS Islands Address Collection
9.3
01/10/2026
Existing pages amended with information about the October 2026 OS NGD data enhancement release for data schema version 2.0 of the Regional Authority Feature Type in the OS Boundaries Collection:
Updates made to the following pages: What's New?, OS NGD News and FAQs.
Warning notes (saying that data isn’t live yet through the live access services of OS Select+Build and OS NGD API – Tiles) have been removed from the following pages:
OS Land Use Features
6 months
OS NI Postcodes
3 months
OS RAMI
6 months
OS Structure Features
6 months
OS Transport Features
6 months
OS Transport Network
6 months
OS Water Features
6 months
OS Water Network
6 months
OS GB Address
3 months
OS Boundaries
6 months
OS Building Features
6 months
OS Functional Areas
N/A
OS GB Postcodes
3 months
OS Islands Address
N/A
OS Named Features
6 months
OS Land Features
Monthly
60 days of no downloads
Annual
395 days of no downloads
Daily
7 days of no downloads
+7 days
14 days
Monthly
60 days of no downloads
+60 days
120 days
Annual
395 days of no downloads
+30 days
425 days
Daily
7 days of no downloads
+7 days
14 days
+14 days
Monthly
60 days of no downloads
+60 days
120 days
+90 days
Annual
395 days of no downloads
+30 days
425 days
+120 days
3
5
16
15
1








6 months
Minor updates made to the definitions of the following existing code lists to account for new attributes in the Royal Mail Address Feature Type using the code lists: Country Value and Postcode Type Value.
Updates made to the following pages: OS NGD Fundamentals – Unique identifiers (new Unique Multiple Residence Reference Number identifier added), OS NGD Address Theme (extensive changes to the unique identifiers and data structure sections), and Address Related Components (extensive updates with the addition of three new Royal Mail related components, plus a page name change from Related Components to Address Related Components).
Regional Authority Feature Type definition updated:
From: With the introduction of the regional government for London (referred to as the Greater London Authority or GLA by OS NGD documentation), the proportional representation voting area for this new administration is the GLA Assembly Constituency. The existing London borough structure also has a relationship with the new GLA, and each London borough is divided for voting purposes into London borough wards.
To: Regional authorities, also known as strategic or combined authorities, are regional bodies formed by local authorities to manage devolved powers (for example, coordinating regional transport, economic growth and strategic planning policies).
Major data schema version increment from 1.1 to 2.0 for one existing feature type: Regional Authority. This is due to adding five new values to the related code list (Regional Authority Description Value) and changing the geometry type for the Geometry attribute from Polygon to MultiPolygon.
Major version increment from 1.0 to 2.0 for one existing code list: Regional Authority Description Value. This is due to adding five new values to the code list and updating the definition of the original value in the code list.
⚠️ Please note that the pages mentioned above have been amended on / added to this documentation site to give customers an advanced preview of the upcoming data for the October 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release. Data schema versions 1.1 and 2.0 for the Royal Mail Address Feature Types, the three new Royal Mail related components, and data schema version 2.0 for the Regional Authority Feature Type are currently not available through OS Select+Build (the bespoke download service). The information held on the new and updated pages is as accurate as possible but is subject to change before the OS NGD data enhancements release at the start of October 2026.
Other road network information
National street gazetteers, GeoPlace and Improvement Service
Path network
Ferry network
Rail network
Transport features
How Site Description values map across to National Land Use Database (NLUD) values
How OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications map across to one another
How Site Description values map across to OS Land Use Tier A and Tier B classifications
Which Sites have populated Status attribute values
Order Summary File: Feature types downloaded via OS Select+Build are supplied with an Order Summary File, a small JSON manifest that provides key metadata about the supplied file; you can use this file to validate the data to ensure the currency, record counts (feature counts), schema version, feature name and coordinate reference system (CRS) match your expected order.
What's New? (entry about the new recipe added to the top of the page)
Warning note about incomplete data coverage removed from the top of the Bus Lane Feature Type and Cycle Lane Feature Type pages.
Warning notes (saying that data isn’t live yet through the live access services of OS Select+Build and the OS NGD APIs) removed from the following pages:
OS Functional Areas, OS GB Postcodes and OS NI Postcodes Collections pages
Compound Structure, Retail Area Aggregated, Retail Area Major, Retail Area Minor, Postcode Unit Area, Postcode Unit Point and Postcode Unit Point Feature Type pages
, , , , , , , , , , , and Code List pages
Existing pages amended ahead of the March 2026 OS NGD data enhancements release:
Major data schema version increment from 2.0 to 3.0 for one existing feature type: Compound Structure (v3.0)
Updates made to the OS NGD Administrative and Statistical Units Theme page to include information about the three new collections that will be added to the theme at the end of March 2026.
Major version increment from 1.0 to 2.0 for one existing code list: Relationship Type Value.
Updates made to the following pages: OS NGD Fundamentals – Unique identifiers and Coordinate reference systems.
Updates made to the following pages: What's New?, OS NGD Fundamentals – Data schema versioning, OS NGD Fundamentals – Data ordering and currency, Future OS NGD Data Enhancements (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026), OS NGD News (Recent Announcements section), Current Known Data Issues and FAQs.
The aforementioned code list names were corrected to remove 'os' from them where they are mentioned on the following seven feature type pages: Building Part, Land, Rail, Road Track Or Path, Site, Structure and Water.
Updates made to the Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address Feature Type pages in the OS GB Address Collection and the Built Address, Historic Address, Non-Addressable Object and Pre-Build Address Feature Type pages in the OS Islands Address Collection to reflect changes in the max length of certain attributes, modifications to associated code lists for a few attributes, and the addition of download filters and new associated code lists for certain attributes, as supplied with data schema version 3.0 of these feature types.
Three major data schema versions released for existing addressing related components: Alternate Address (v3.0), Other Classification (v3.0) and Related Entity (v3.0).
Warning note added to the Postal Address Related Component page.
Five existing code lists updated: AddressBase Postal Value, Address Description Value, Build Status Value, Data Entity Catalogue and Positional Accuracy Value
Updates made to the OS NGD Address Theme page.
Updates made to two collection pages: OS GB Address and OS Islands Address.
Updates and improvements made to the Related Components information page.
Versioning information page for OS NGD Address Theme deleted as this information is available from the data schema version section and table at the top of each individual feature type page (for example, Built Address).
Updates made to the following pages: What's New?, OS NGD Fundamentals – Data schema versioning, OS NGD Fundamentals – Unique identifiers, and Future OS NGD Data Enhancements (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026).
Updates made to the following pages: What's New?, Current Known Data Issues and Future OS NGD Data Enhancements (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026).
Two major data schema versions released for existing feature types: Path Link (v3.0) and Road Link (v5.0).
Updates made to the Path Link Feature Type page to reflect the addition of new Presence of Cycle Lane attribution and the removal of Cycle Facility attribution, as supplied with data schema version 3.0 onward.
Updates made to the Road Link Feature Type page to reflect the addition of new Presence of Bus Lane and Presence of Cycle Lane attribution and the removal of Cycle Lane Facility attribution, as supplied with data schema version 5.0 onward.
Four existing code lists updated: , , and
Updates made to the following two OS NGD theme pages: and .
Updates made to the following three OS NGD collection pages: , and .
Updates made to the (in the ‘USING OS NGD DATA’ section) to reflect the enhancements made to the Physical State attribute for the Building Feature Type.
Updates made to the following pages: , , OS NGD Fundamentals – , Future OS NGD Data Enhancements (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the page in August 2026), , , , and .
Instructions updated throughout the page to reflect recent navigation changes to the top and secondary navigation menus in the OS Data Hub.
New sub-section added for 'How do I edit a recipe?'
New sub-section added for 'How do I delete a data package?'
Updates made to the 'Things to remember' boxes at the bottom of the page.
GETTING STARTED section renamed as INTRODUCTION TO OS NGD and various pages moved into this section (OS NGD Explained, OS NGD Key Benefits to Customers, OS NGD Sample Data and OS NGD Data Viewer.
New page added to the site: OS NGD Explained.
OS NGD Core Principles renamed as OS NGD Fundamentals.
Product Announcements page content moved to the bottom of the new OS NGD News landing page as a sub-section called Recent Announcements.
Landing pages (Introduction to OS NGD, Getting Started Information, OS NGD News, Data and Service Status Information and Data Structure Information) added for all sections. These pages use navigation cards to show what content is available in the section. What's Next? sections with navigation cards and links added to all new landing pages to improve the customer experience.
Homepage content updated. New navigation cards added to the bottom of the page to show what's available on the site.
Four major data schema versions released for existing feature types: Building (v4.0), Path Link (v2.0), Road Link (v4.0), Site Access Location (v2.0):
Updates made to the Building Feature Type page to reflect the new attribution for Roof Shape, Roof Aspect, Roof Material, Solar Panel Presence, Green Roof Presence and Building Height, as supplied with data schema version 4.0.
Updates made to the Path Link Feature Type page to reflect the addition of new Street Light attribution, as supplied with data schema version 2.0.
Updates made to the Road Link Feature Type page to reflect the addition of new Street Light attribution, as supplied with data schema version 4.0.
Updates made to the page to reflect new Access Purpose attribution, as supplied with data schema version 2.0.
Seven minor data schema versions released for existing feature types: Building Part (v2.1), Land (v3.1), Rail (v3.1), Road Track Or Path (v3.1), Site (v2.2), Structure (v3.1) and Water (v3.1).
Four code lists updated: Built Structure Height Confidence Value, Site Description Value, Site Access Location Description Value and Compound Structure Description Value.
Updates made to the OS NGD Buildings pages (in the ‘USING NGD DATA’ section) to reflect the release of the new Building Access Location Feature Type (v1.0) and the addition of new attribution in the Building Feature Type (v4.0) for Roof Shape, Roof Aspect, Roof Material, Solar Panel Presence, Green Roof Presence and Building Height.
Updates made to the OS NGD Transport pages (in the ‘USING NGD DATA’ section) to reflect the addition of the new Street Light Feature Type to the OS Transport Features Collection and the addition of new Street Light attribution in the Path Link Feature Type (v2.0) and Road Link Feature Type (v4.0) of the OS Transport Network Collection.
Updates made to the following three OS NGD theme pages: Buildings, Geographical Names, and Transport.
Updates made to the following five OS NGD collection pages: OS Building Features, OS Land Use Features, OS Named Features, OS Transport Features, and OS Transport Network.
Updates made to the following pages: What's New?, Current Known Data Issues, OS NGD Fundamentals – Data schema versioning, OS NGD Fundamentals – Data ordering and currency, Future OS NGD Data Enhancements (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026), OS NGD Webinars, Tutorials and Case Studies, OS NGD API – Features – What data is available? and FAQs.
Updates made to the Building Feature Type page to reflect new Number of Floors attribution, as supplied with data schema version 3.0.
Three code lists updated: Building Part Description Value, Compound Structure Description Value and Relationship Type Value.
Updates made to the OS NGD Buildings pages (in the USING NGD DATA section) to reflect new Number of Floors attribution in data schema version 3.0 of the Building Feature Type.
Updates to the 'What's New?', 'Known data issues', 'Product announcements', 'OS NGD Fundamentals', 'Future OS NGD Data Enhancements'(page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026), and 'Sample data' pages.
Updates made to the following collection pages: OS Structure Features, OS Land Features, OS Land Use Features, OS Building Features, OS Transport Features and OS Water Features Collections.
Updates to the 'What's New?', 'Product announcements', 'Future OS NGD Data Enhancements' (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026), and 'Sample data' pages.
Updates to the 'What's New?', 'Product announcements', 'Future OS NGD Data Enhancements' (page since superseded by a 'OS NGD planned enhancements outlined in our roadmap' note on the What's New? page in August 2026), and 'Sample data' pages.
Updates made to the OS Building Features and OS Transport Network Collections pages.